<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.blogger.com/styles/atom.css" type="text/css"?><feed xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom' xmlns:openSearch='http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/' xmlns:georss='http://www.georss.org/georss' xmlns:gd='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005' xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576</id><updated>2011-11-27T16:55:52.287-08:00</updated><category term='Article / Review'/><category term='Electronic Project'/><category term='Mobile / Cellphone Tips'/><category term='PSP Tips'/><category term='PC Tips'/><category term='iPOD Tips'/><category term='Instant Messanger'/><category term='Freeware application'/><title type='text'>adam's bite</title><subtitle type='html'>freeware, mobile, circuit, iPhod, iPhone, PC, Laptop, tip and tricks and article review</subtitle><link rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default?max-results=100'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/'/><link rel='hub' href='http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/'/><link rel='next' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default?start-index=101&amp;max-results=100'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><generator version='7.00' uri='http://www.blogger.com'>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>116</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>100</openSearch:itemsPerPage><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-2698356119966688656</id><published>2009-07-19T10:54:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-07-19T10:56:27.929-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='PSP Tips'/><title type='text'>How to Install ISO/CSO Games in PSP 3000 or PSP 2000 Latest Motherboard</title><content type='html'>Now, a lot of people have emailed or contacted me on this when it comes to PSP 3000. So, as for beginners I will teach you guys the way to install it. The advance PSP 3000 users doesn't need to read this....&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ok, usually installing ISO/CSO Games if the PSP 3000 has already the CFW Loader Installed or the 5.03 CFW GEN-A Installed in the unit. If the they are not installed, the PSP Unit will not be able to identify or find it in the PSP 3000 Memory Stick (GAMES&gt;MEMORY STICK). Click here for CFW Enabler Guide. Or Click Here for GEN-A CFW Loader Guide&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*Note: I advise you guys to buy the games first before creating an ISO backed up games. Let's also support the developers for this.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1) Now if you have an ISO game in your PC, connect your PSP 3000 to PC first.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2) Your computer should detect your PSP Memory Stick and automatically open the Memory Stick Drive. If it doesn't you can go to "My Computer" and open your Memory Stick Drive(removable disk "example F:").&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3) Once you are inside, you should see lots of folders; PSP, PICTURES, VIDEO, MUSIC, etc.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4) If you don't see any folder named "ISO" from what you are seeing now, then that means you have to create one. the example should be like this: "F:\ISO\"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5) Now, lets say you have Monster Hunter Freedom Unite ISO with you. All you have to do is copy "MHFU.iso"and paste it into "F:\ISO\". The example should be like this: "F:\ISO\MHFU.iso"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6) Now after that, just disconnect your PSP and go to GAMES&gt;MEMORY STICK&gt;Monster Hunter Freedom Unite. That's it!! :)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*Note: Make sure that you have 5.03 ChickHEN R2 running in your PSP 3000 along with the CFW LOADER. To make this work.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now others may ask or search&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: How do you uninstall the program ChickHEN R2 and the CFW Enabler or GEN-A LOADER?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: Simple, just shutdown the psp unit completely. As in HOLD Turn Off long enough to make it shutdown. After that, switch the PSP Unit back on and the version of the PSP Unit should go back to Official Firmware 5.03.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: I've seen some people manage to install a Customed Theme to PSP 3000, how can i install that one?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: You can if you want, but my suggestion to you guys is NOT TO INSTALL them. There is a chance to brick your PSP 3000.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;SOurce : http://mpsp.blogspot.com&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-2698356119966688656?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/2698356119966688656/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=2698356119966688656' title='3 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/2698356119966688656'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/2698356119966688656'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2009/07/how-to-install-isocso-games-in-psp-3000.html' title='How to Install ISO/CSO Games in PSP 3000 or PSP 2000 Latest Motherboard'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>3</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-8914897103547506296</id><published>2009-04-10T08:27:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-04-10T08:34:54.261-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='PC Tips'/><title type='text'>How to crack a computer password</title><content type='html'>Password Cracking Goals, Techniques and Relative Merits and Cracking Times of Different Techniques&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Password crackers are primarily after (root or administrative account passwords) when they crack passwords. Their tools are password cracking programs that use password dictionaries. The feature lists of common password cracking programs or tools are discussed. Also listed are the suggested standard dictionary transformations for Crack, the best known tool for cracking passwords. How long it takes to crack passwords and the primary factors affecting password cracking times are covered. Why password dictionary attacks dramatically lower brute force password cracking times is discussed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;•Goals of the Cracker&lt;br /&gt;•Password Cracking Programs’ Feature List&lt;br /&gt;•Password Cracking Program Examples&lt;br /&gt;•How Long Does It Take to Crack Passwords?&lt;br /&gt;•Table of Times to Crack Passwords&lt;br /&gt;•Brute Force, Dictionary Comparison&lt;br /&gt;Goals of the Cracker&lt;br /&gt;The goal of the cracker is to obtain the root account password on UNIX systems and administrator accounts on Windows NT and 2000 systems. With some UNIX security setups, the passwords for users in the wheel, security, or root group may have significant value. Since the cracker presumably already has some degree of access to the target machine (cracking can only be performed when the attacker already possess the password hashes), it’s not likely that unprivileged accounts will be of much value to the intruder but the techniques for obtaining passwords are the same regardless of the target account.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The intruder is likely to need only one password for an account with suitable privileges. Additional accounts may be of some value in preserving access but not likely to make much practical difference in obtaining access to the system at the desired privilege level.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The cracking times table shows that with the computing power currently available and for the next several years, eight character passwords (the traditional length limit on UNIX systems) can be chosen that will not be cracked by brute force techniques but still most passwords are poorly chosen and fit some predictable characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since brute force is not likely to identify any but the weakest passwords, the intruder’s best chance is to identify techniques that are computationally efficient compared to brute force techniques and have a reasonable chance of cracking some of the passwords in the collection of accounts and password hashes in their possession. By applying what is known about how users select passwords, an intruder can tremendously increase the odds in their favor of finding passwords. With the right techniques, some poor passwords can be cracked in under a second.&lt;br /&gt;Cracking Tool’s Feature List&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The fundamental flaw in the password system is the tendency of most people to select names and words that can be found in dictionaries as their passwords. Often such names or words are modified by applying predictable changes to them. This may be in response to system requirements to vary the kinds of characters included in a password.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The alternative to brute force is a dictionary attack. At its simplest this means treating each word in a dictionary (electronic list) as a password and encrypting it and then comparing the resulting hashes to the hashes in the password file being cracked. If the hashes match, the password is known. It’s imperative to understand that this is only the most rudimentary form of dictionary attack and that the real power of dictionary attacks come from understanding the ways in which most people vary names and dictionary words when attempting to create a password. By applying all the common transformations to every word in the electronic list and encrypting each result the number tested passwords multiplies rapidly. Every “clever” way of manipulating words to hide their origin is know to the cracking tools.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To understand what make weak and strong passwords, it’s necessary to understand what cracking tools can and can’t do. L0phtCrack is the leading Windows cracking tool. The easy to use L0phtCrack with its GUI interface is rather limited compared to Crack 5 and John the Ripper in its dictionary transformation capabilities. L0phtCrack can append a user specified number of characters to the end of the dictionary words. It works through the entire character set and appends every combination to each dictionary word; this includes all the letter sequences as well as digits and symbols. L0phtCrack takes less than a second to process the default dictionary of nearly 30,000 words and about a minute and a half to process two additional characters in conjunction with the 30,000 word list (on a PIII 500).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Both Crack 5 and John the Ripper allow the user to define rule sets that control the transformations that are applied to the input dictionaries (word lists). Below are most of the transformations that John the Ripper can perform. Crack has the same capabilities.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* Append or prepend defined characters to a word.&lt;br /&gt;* Reverse a word.&lt;br /&gt;* Duplicate a word.&lt;br /&gt;* Mirror a word, i.e. append the reversed word.&lt;br /&gt;* Rotate a word either left or right, i.e. move the first letter to the end or the last letter to the front.&lt;br /&gt;* Upper case a word.&lt;br /&gt;* Lower case a word.&lt;br /&gt;* Make only the first letter a capital.&lt;br /&gt;* Male all but the first letter a capital.&lt;br /&gt;* Toggle the case of all characters.&lt;br /&gt;* Toggle the case of a character at a set position.&lt;br /&gt;* Minumum and maximum word lengths can be set or long words can be truncated at a set length.&lt;br /&gt;* Suffixes (s, ed, ing) may be added to words.&lt;br /&gt;* First, last or any specific character may be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;* Characters can be replaced at a set location.&lt;br /&gt;* Characters can be inserted at a set location.&lt;br /&gt;* “Shift” the case, i.e. substitute the other character on the same key, e.g. ‘a’ and ‘A’ or ‘5′ and ‘%’.&lt;br /&gt;* Shift the characters left or right by keyboard position (so an ’s’ becomes an ‘a’ or ‘d’).&lt;br /&gt;* Replace all of one character with another.&lt;br /&gt;* Replace all characters of a class (for example vowels, letters, non letters, digits) with a specific character.&lt;br /&gt;* Remove all occurrences of any character from a word.&lt;br /&gt;* Remove all characters of a class from a word.&lt;br /&gt;* Reject a word if it contains or doesn’t contain a character, or characters from a class.&lt;br /&gt;* Reject a word if the first, last or set character is or is not a specific character or from a class.&lt;br /&gt;* Reject a word unless it contains at least so many of a character or characters from a class. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the forgoing a class might be any of the following: a letter, a vowel, a consonant, an upper case letter, a lower case letter, a digit, a symbol or punctuation, a non letter (digits, symbols and punctuation), alphanumeric or one of several others. The length limits and reject options don’t increase the possibilities but allow the cracker to skip “words” where a particular type of transformation may not make much sense; this should improve the cracking tool efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;Cracking Tool Examples&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The words that the transformations operate on can be either from a standard dictionary (word list, one per line) or from the user name and words (or names) extracted from the /etc/passwd GECOS field. Crack appears to be limited to words from dictionaries. Rules can be combined to perform multiple transformations on the words. Below is the list of actual transformations suggested in the Crack 5 documentation:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* Lower case pure alpha words.&lt;br /&gt;* Lower case and pluralize alpha words.&lt;br /&gt;* Append digits and punctuation to all pure alpha words.&lt;br /&gt;* Lower case and reverse pure alpha words.&lt;br /&gt;* Lower case and mirror pure alpha words.&lt;br /&gt;* Capitalize all alphanumeric words, i.e. first letter only.&lt;br /&gt;* Capitalize all alphanumeric words and add a variety of common punctuation so ‘cats’ becomes Cats! Cats? Cats. Cats, Cats- etc.&lt;br /&gt;* Upper case all alphanumeric words.&lt;br /&gt;* Remove vowels from pure alpha words.&lt;br /&gt;* Remove white space and punctuation from those words that have it.&lt;br /&gt;* Duplicate short words.&lt;br /&gt;* Perform most of the similar looking character substitutions identified in the list of dont’s.&lt;br /&gt;* Lower case and prepend digits (all words).&lt;br /&gt;* Capitalize then reverse alphanumeric words.&lt;br /&gt;* Reverse then capitalize words.&lt;br /&gt;* Upper case words adding common punctuation and swapping zero for O.&lt;br /&gt;* Upper case then duplicate, reverse and mirror words. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A number of the preceding transformations had length limitations which have been omitted for simplicity.&lt;br /&gt;How Long Does It Take to Crack Passwords?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Conceptually the easiest way to crack passwords is to generate character sequences working through all possible 1 character passwords, then two character, then three character, etc. This is the brute force attack previously mentioned. It could start at any specific length password. Theoretically any possible password can be found this way but generally there is not sufficient computing power available to successfully accomplish this. A number of factors deteremine how long a brute force attack will take. Some may be under a system administrators control and others are not.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One factor is the amount of computing power available to solve the problem. Computing power increases continually; Moore’s law anticipated a doubling of processing power every 18 months and this has so far been a close approximation to reality. This works out to about a 100 times increase each decade. Today a computer is likely to have approximately a million times the computing power available when the first UNIX was developed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Password cracking lends itself well to parallel processing on multiple machines with near linear gains as more machines are applied to the problem. Someone with access to many machines during off-hours at a company or educational institution may be able to apply lots of computing power. Computers with a wide range of speeds may be available. Thus the amount of computing power available for password cracking continually rises but the amount available to a single cracker or group of crackers may vary by orders of magnitude at any specific point in time.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another factor is the algorithm used to encrypt the password. Generally this is set by the operating system but some such as Linux and OpenBSD allow the administrator to select from different types. On OpenBSD the administrator can control loop counts for some of the options. Changing the encryption method and how many times it is applied, can greatly increase the time it takes to compute a password hash. Generally, the longer it takes to compute the hash when the password is created, the longer it will take when trying to crack the password. The standard UNIX encryption method has been changed to make it slower more than once. On the other hand, some algorithms have multiple implementations and those cracking passwords have created variants that produce the same results but run as much as 100 times faster than the version that originally encrypts the password2.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Probably the most important factor in brute force cracking of passwords is how many passwords need to be examined to cover all possible passwords. Two factors determine this. They are the length of the password and the number of characters in the character set from which the passwords are formed. The number of possible passwords is the number of characters in the character set raised to the power represented by the password length. For example, the number of possible three character passwords formed by 26 letters is 26 cubed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The table below is calculated by assuming 100,000 encryption operations per second; this is a plausible number for a desktop PC today. In “Password Cracking Using Focused Dictionaries”1, Paul Bobby refers to 48000 “password combinations per second” on a “P2-400Mhz computer”. In “UNIX Password Security - Ten Years Later”2, Feldmeier and Karn refer to a “top speed of 1092.8 crypts per second on a Sun SPARCStation.” in 1989. Applying Moores law we should get between 100,000 and 200,000 crypts per second on a high end workstations eleven years later. Using L0phtCrack5, I’ve seen about 1.2 million “Tries/sec” using only alphanumeric characters and about nine hundred thousand “Tries/sec” using the full 95 character, printable ASCII character set, on a PIII 500. I believe the L0phtCrack number is at least in part a result of the weaker encryption used by NT as discussed on another page.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Password lengths from 3 to 12 are shown. The numbers at the top, 26 - 94, indicate the number of characters from which the passwords are formed. 26 is the number of lower case letters, 36 is letters and digits, 52 is mixed case letters, 68 is single case letters with digits, symbols and punctuation, and 94 is all the displayable ASCII characters including mixed case letters. The times shown are the times to process the entire set of passwords thus the average time to crack passwords would be one half the listed times.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;26 36 52&lt;br /&gt;3 0.18 seconds 0.47 seconds 1.41 seconds&lt;br /&gt;4 4.57 seconds 16.8 seconds 1.22 minutes&lt;br /&gt;5 1.98 minutes 10.1 minutes 1.06 hours&lt;br /&gt;6 51.5 minutes 6.05 hours 13.7 days&lt;br /&gt;7 22.3 hours 9.07 days 3.91 months&lt;br /&gt;8 24.2 days 10.7 months 17.0 years&lt;br /&gt;9 1.72 years 32.2 years 8.82 centuries&lt;br /&gt;10 44.8 years 1.16 millennia 45.8 millennia&lt;br /&gt;11 11.6 centuries 41.7 millennia 2,384 millennia&lt;br /&gt;12 30.3 millennia 1,503 millennia 123,946 millennia &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;68 94&lt;br /&gt;3 3.14 seconds 8.3 seconds&lt;br /&gt;4 3.56 minutes 13.0 minutes&lt;br /&gt;5 4.04 hours 20.4 hours&lt;br /&gt;6 2.26 months 2.63 months&lt;br /&gt;7 2.13 years 20.6 years&lt;br /&gt;8 1.45 centuries 1.93 millennia&lt;br /&gt;9 9.86 millennia 182 millennia&lt;br /&gt;10 670 millennia 17,079 millennia&lt;br /&gt;11 45,582 millennia 1,605,461 millennia&lt;br /&gt;12 3,099,562 millennia 150,913,342 millennia&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Even if a cracker has a thousand times more power available than assumed, e.g., 100,000 is significantly low and the crackers has lot of fast computers or a supercomputer, it’s very easy to find passwords that can’t easily be cracked. Eight character passwords using the entire character set will do, as it will take nearly two years to work through all possible passwords. Depending on the password and the brute force sequence, some passwords might fall quickly. For example if passwords were generated in the order of ASCII collating sequence, the poor password !!!111Aa might be found rather quickly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The time to process a cracking dictionary is determined in the same manner. The total number of passwords to be tried, which is a product of the number of words in the dictionary times the number of transformations per word, is divided by the rate it takes to encrypt passwords. Complex rule sets may impose an additional significant overhead. On today’s computers, small dictionaries (less than 100,000) with a few transformations will complete in a few seconds. The total number of passwords with large dictionaries and many transformations or huge dictionaries will be huge and the processing time correspondingly large.&lt;br /&gt;Brute Force, Dictionary Comparison&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As brute force is the only alternative to dictionary based password cracking it’s worth taking a close look the table above. Look at how long it should take to crack eight character passwords drawing from the 95 typeable characters. One simple statement should put this in perspective. Not including NT systems, that have a seriously flawed password storage method&lt;br /&gt;It is highly unlikely that any cracker has ever gotten even a single password, eight characters or longer, randomly created from the entire 95 printable ASCII character set.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Randomness does have it’s surprises. If numbers are randomly selected from a billion number sequence, there is a one in a billion chance that the first number will be drawn on the first try. Very unlikely but still possible. To have a 1% chance of cracking a specific random, 8 character password from the full character set takes about 20 years of computing, at 100,000 passwords per second.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;An obscure word in the Afrikaans language, mirrored and all uppercased except the first letter is more likely to be used as a password than any single random character sequence of similar length. Further, where the single random sequence cannot be reliably found by existing technology today, the Afrikaans derived password surely can; it’s simply a matter of the cracker having and choosing to apply sufficient resources&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Any word and all the mechanical transformations that can be described to change that word into something else is a subset of all possible combinations of the same characters. As the length of the word increases, the standard transformations become an ever smaller subset of the possible permutations. For a word of meaningful length, say more than 5 characters, the word and its transformations is an infinitesimal subset of all possible combinations of the same number of all characters. In other words, the longer the passwords to be cracked, the larger the advantage of a dictionary based attack will be compared to a brute force attack. Here “dictionary based attack” is understood to include custom programmed dictionaries as described in subsequent pages in this section.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;source:from:\ Geodsoft&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-8914897103547506296?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/8914897103547506296/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=8914897103547506296' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8914897103547506296'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8914897103547506296'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2009/04/how-to-crack-computer-password.html' title='How to crack a computer password'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-2843360772985737237</id><published>2008-10-11T05:46:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-10-11T05:50:22.139-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='PC Tips'/><title type='text'>Reason why Windows crashes is hardware conflict</title><content type='html'>&lt;strong&gt;Fatal error: the system has become unstable or is busy,&amp;quot; it says. &amp;quot;Enter to return to Windows or press Control-Alt-Delete to restart your computer. If you do this you will lose any unsaved information in all open applications.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You have just been struck by the Blue Screen of Death. Anyone who uses Mcft Windows will be familiar with this. What can you do? More importantly, how can you prevent it happening?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1 Hardware conflict&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The number one reason why Windows crashes is hardware conflict. Each hardware device communicates to other devices through an interrupt request channel (IRQ). These are supposed to be unique for each device.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For example, a printer usually connects internally on IRQ 7. The keyboard usually uses IRQ 1 and the floppy disk drive IRQ 6. Each device will try to hog a single IRQ for itself.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If there are a lot of devices, or if they are not installed properly, two of them may end up sharing the same IRQ number. When the user tries to use both devices at the same time, a crash can happen. The way to check if your computer has a hardware conflict is through the following route:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* Start-Settings-Control Panel-System-Device Manager.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Often if a device has a problem a yellow '!' appears next to its description in the Device Manager. Highlight Computer (in the Device Manager) and press Properties to see the IRQ numbers used by your computer. If the IRQ number appears twice, two devices may be using it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Sometimes a device might share an IRQ with something described as 'IRQ holder for PCI steering'. This can be ignored. The best way to fix this problem is to remove the problem device and reinstall it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Sometimes you may have to find more recent drivers on the internet to make the device function properly. A good resource is www.driverguide.com&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;. If the device is a soundcard, or a modem, it can often be fixed by moving it to a different slot on the motherboard (be careful about opening your computer, as you may void the warranty).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When working inside a computer you should switch it off, unplug the mains lead and touch an unpainted metal surface to discharge any static electricity.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To be fair to Mcft, the problem with IRQ numbers is not of its making. It is a legacy problem going back to the first PC designs using the IBM 8086 chip. Initially there were only eight IRQs. Today there are 16 IRQs in a PC. It is easy to run out of them. There are plans to increase the number of IRQs in future designs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2 Bad Ram&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ram (random-access memory) problems might bring on the blue screen of death with a message saying Fatal Exception Error. A fatal error indicates a serious hardware problem. Sometimes it may mean a part is damaged and will need replacing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;But a fatal error caused by Ram might be caused by a mismatch of chips. For example, mixing 70-nanosecond (70ns) Ram with 60ns Ram will usually force the computer to run all the Ram at the slower speed. This will often crash the machine if the Ram is overworked.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One way around this problem is to enter the BIOS settings and increase the wait state of the Ram. This can make it more stable. Another way to troubleshoot a suspected Ram problem is to rearrange the Ram chips on the motherboard, or take some of them out. Then try to repeat the circumstances that caused the crash. When handling Ram try not to touch the gold connections, as they can be easily damaged.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Parity error messages also refer to Ram. Modern Ram chips are either parity (ECC) or non parity (non-ECC). It is best not to mix the two types, as this can be a cause of trouble.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;EMM386 error messages refer to memory problems but may not be connected to bad Ram. This may be due to free memory problems often linked to old Dos-based programmes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3 BIOS settings&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Every motherboard is supplied with a range of chipset settings that are decided in the factory. A common way to access these settings is to press the F2 or delete button during the first few seconds of a boot-up.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Once inside the BIOS, great care should be taken. It is a good idea to write down on a piece of paper all the settings that appear on the screen. That way, if you change something and the computer becomes more unstable, you will know what settings to revert to.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A common BIOS error concerns the CAS latency. This refers to the Ram. Older EDO (extended data out) Ram has a CAS latency of 3. Newer SDRam has a CAS latency of 2. Setting the wrong figure can cause the Ram to lock up and freeze the computer's display.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mcft Windows is better at allocating IRQ numbers than any BIOS. If possible set the IRQ numbers to Auto in the BIOS. This will allow Windows to allocate the IRQ numbers (make sure the BIOS setting for Plug and Play OS is switched to 'yes' to allow Windows to do this.).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4 Hard disk drives&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After a few weeks, the information on a hard disk drive starts to become piecemeal or fragmented. It is a good idea to defragment the hard disk every week or so, to prevent the disk from causing a screen freeze. Go to&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* Start-Programs-Accessories-System Tools-Disk Defragmenter&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This will start the procedure. You will be unable to write data to the hard drive (to save it) while the disk is defragmenting, so it is a good idea to schedule the procedure for a period of inactivity using the Task Scheduler.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Task Scheduler should be one of the small icons on the bottom right of the Windows opening page (the desktop).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Some lockups and screen freezes caused by hard disk problems can be solved by reducing the read-ahead optimisation. This can be adjusted by going to&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* Start-Settings-Control Panel-System Icon-Performance-File System-Hard Disk.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Hard disks will slow down and crash if they are too full. Do some housekeeping on your hard drive every few months and free some space on it. Open the Windows folder on the C drive and find the Temporary Internet Files folder. Deleting the contents (not the folder) can free a lot of space.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Empty the Recycle Bin every week to free more space. Hard disk drives should be scanned every week for errors or bad sectors. Go to&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* Start-Programs-Accessories-System Tools-ScanDisk&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Otherwise assign the Task Scheduler to perform this operation at night when the computer is not in use.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5 Fatal OE exceptions and VXD errors&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Fatal OE exception errors and VXD errors are often caused by video card problems.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These can often be resolved easily by reducing the resolution of the video display. Go to&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* Start-Settings-Control Panel-Display-Settings&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here you should slide the screen area bar to the left. Take a look at the colour settings on the left of that window. For most desktops, high colour 16-bit depth is adequate.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If the screen freezes or you experience system lockups it might be due to the video card. Make sure it does not have a hardware conflict. Go to&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* Start-Settings-Control Panel-System-Device Manager&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here, select the + beside Display Adapter. A line of text describing your video card should appear. Select it (make it blue) and press properties. Then select Resources and select each line in the window. Look for a message that says No Conflicts.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you have video card hardware conflict, you will see it here. Be careful at this point and make a note of everything you do in case you make things worse.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The way to resolve a hardware conflict is to uncheck the Use Automatic Settings box and hit the Change Settings button. You are searching for a setting that will display a No Conflicts message.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another useful way to resolve video problems is to go to&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* Start-Settings-Control Panel-System-Performance-Graphics&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here you should move the Hardware Acceleration slider to the left. As ever, the most common cause of problems relating to graphics cards is old or faulty drivers (a driver is a small piece of software used by a computer to communicate with a device).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Look up your video card's manufacturer on the internet and search for the most recent drivers for it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6 Viruses&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Often the first sign of a virus infection is instability. Some viruses erase the boot sector of a hard drive, making it impossible to start. This is why it is a good idea to create a Windows start-up disk. Go to&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Start-Settings-Control Panel-Add/Remove Programs&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here, look for the Start Up Disk tab. Virus protection requires constant vigilance.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A virus scanner requires a list of virus signatures in order to be able to identify viruses. These signatures are stored in a DAT file. DAT files should be updated weekly from the website of your antivirus software manufacturer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7 Printers&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The action of sending a document to print creates a bigger file, often called a postscript file.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Printers have only a small amount of memory, called a buffer. This can be easily overloaded. Printing a document also uses a considerable amount of CPU power. This will also slow down the computer's performance.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If the printer is trying to print unusual characters, these might not be recognised, and can crash the computer. Sometimes printers will not recover from a crash because of confusion in the buffer. A good way to clear the buffer is to unplug the printer for ten seconds. Booting up from a powerless state, also called a cold boot, will restore the printer's default settings and you may be able to carry on.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8 Software&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A common cause of computer crash is faulty or badly-installed software. Often the problem can be cured by uninstalling the software and then reinstalling it. Use Norton Uninstall or Uninstall Shield to remove an application from your system properly. This will also remove references to the programme in the System Registry and leaves the way clear for a completely fresh copy.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The System Registry can be corrupted by old references to obsolete software that you thought was uninstalled. Use Reg Cleaner by Jouni Vuorio to clean up the System Registry and remove obsolete entries. It works on Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows 98 SE (Second Edition), Windows Millennium Edition (ME), NT4 and Windows 2000.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Read the instructions and use it carefully so you don't do permanent damage to the Registry. If the Registry is damaged you will have to reinstall your operating system. Reg Cleaner can be obtained from www.jv16.org&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Often a Windows problem can be resolved by entering Safe Mode. This can be done during start-up. When you see the message &amp;quot;Starting Windows&amp;quot; press F4. This should take you into Safe Mode.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Safe Mode loads a minimum of drivers. It allows you to find and fix problems that prevent Windows from loading properly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Sometimes installing Windows is difficult because of unsuitable BIOS settings. If you keep getting SUWIN error messages (Windows setup) during the Windows installation, then try entering the BIOS and disabling the CPU internal cache. Try to disable the Level 2 (L2) cache if that doesn't work.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Remember to restore all the BIOS settings back to their former settings following installation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9 Overheating&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Central processing units (CPUs) are usually equipped with fans to keep them cool. If the fan fails or if the CPU gets old it may start to overheat and generate a particular kind of error called a kernel error. This is a common problem in chips that have been overclocked to operate at higher speeds than they are supposed to.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One remedy is to get a bigger better fan and install it on top of the CPU.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;CPU problems can often be fixed by disabling the CPU internal cache in the BIOS. This will make the machine run more slowly, but it should also be more stable.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10 Power supply problems&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With all the new construction going on around the country the steady supply of electricity has become disrupted. A power surge or spike can crash a computer as easily as a power cut.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If this has become a nuisance for you then consider buying a uninterrupted power supply (UPS). This will give you a clean power supply when there is electricity, and it will give you a few minutes to perform a controlled shutdown in case of a power cut.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It is a good investment if your data are critical, because a power cut will cause any unsaved data to be lost.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-2843360772985737237?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/2843360772985737237/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=2843360772985737237' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/2843360772985737237'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/2843360772985737237'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/10/reason-why-windows-crashes-is-hardware.html' title='Reason why Windows crashes is hardware conflict'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-7698979546357799145</id><published>2008-10-03T09:48:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-10-03T10:03:37.269-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Electronic Project'/><title type='text'>White LED Flashlight Conversions</title><content type='html'>Many flashlights can be easily converted to use white LEDs instead of regular incandescent bulbs. The flashlight can quickly be returned to its original bulb and battery configuration later if you wish. Of course this procedure will void the warranty on your flashlight, but the only permanent modification made is increasing the size of the hole in the reflector assembly. Since I live in a remote area with no streetlights and am a volunteer firefighter, flashlights are very important and are used daily by everyone in the family. I normally use Maglite® flashlights in different sizes for reliability reasons, but have been frustrated with short battery and bulb life. I normally get only 5 hours on 2xAA batteries, and have to change bulbs every 2 sets of batteries or so. Converted white LED MiniMaglites® have become my favorite flashlights! Though the LED conversions are not as bright as normal bulbs, the batteries last over 6 times as long, and I have not replaced an LED bulb yet despite running them at over their maximum current. Otherpower.com sells super-bright white LEDs that are perfect for flashlight conversions, plus LED clusters that fit normal automotive taillight bulb sockets, available at any auto parts store. We made various attempts at figuring out how to mass-produce the spacer with resistor -- and we've decided not to offer them for sale because we can't manufacture them cheaply. Much better to make your own anyway! You can check out our line of efficient lighting products in the Renewable Energy section of our web shopping cart. MiniMaglite® LED Conversions&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SOZNwj5w4SI/AAAAAAAAARg/wDKlD627Cuk/s1600-h/f1.png"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 320px; height: 100px;" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SOZNwj5w4SI/AAAAAAAAARg/wDKlD627Cuk/s320/f1.png" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5252971512040841506" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Alkaline batteries are often the best choice for flashlights, since they retain more power when sitting unused for long periods of time. And you can expect over 6 times longer battery life when using a white LED bulb! This is important when a flashlight must sit in your truck for weeks or months without use. In this situation, NiCad or NiMh rechargables would most likely have little power left in them after sitting for months. Alkaline N-cells are inexpensive and usually locally .&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SOZOaxONSII/AAAAAAAAARo/XIdS1tHLz1o/s1600-h/f2.png"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer;" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SOZOaxONSII/AAAAAAAAARo/XIdS1tHLz1o/s320/f2.png" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5252972237170755714" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Take off the flashlight head and remove the incandescent bulb. Save the bulb for future use if you ever decide to return your flashlight to its original condition.  Trim the tabs off of the LED leads using nippers. A flat needle file or sandpaper can help smooth the lead.  Trim the LED leads off to 1/4 inch in length.  Insert the LED into the bulb socket. If does not light up, reverse the LED and it will. If not, check your batteries, and also make sure the LED leads are not touching each other.  Remove the reflector, and using a 1/4 inch drill bit carefully widen the hole for the bulb to 1/4 inch. Our LED bulbs do not need reflectors since they emit light at a set 20° angle, but the reflector assembly is needed in a MiniMaglite® for the switch to function properly. Now try your flashlight with the original AA batteries. It should light up, but somewhat dimmly. If you run it like this, the batteries will last for weeks of continous on-time. It's not very bright, but it is enough light to find the keyhole or make your way to the bathroom. To run the LED at full brightness you'll need to use 3 N cells. Next,  Install the 3 N-cell batteries.  Install a spacer (containing an internal current-limiting resistor) You'll need to build a spacer to hold the resistor and make the whole battery pack come out to the right length. Our prototype used a 3/8 inch length of 1/2 inch diameter wooden dowel (see photos below). We drilled short holes at the ends of the dowel for battery contacts made of small machine screws. We then drilled an off-center hole all the way through the spacer for the resistor, and wrapped each resistor lead around the contacts.&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SOZPR7Z9RrI/AAAAAAAAARw/XaICy8cnep4/s1600-h/f3.png"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 177px; height: 145px;" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SOZPR7Z9RrI/AAAAAAAAARw/XaICy8cnep4/s320/f3.png" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5252973184797198002" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SOZP2uqRNeI/AAAAAAAAAR4/DevQwCMN-Ac/s1600-h/f4.png"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer;" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SOZP2uqRNeI/AAAAAAAAAR4/DevQwCMN-Ac/s320/f4.png" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5252973817031112162" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-7698979546357799145?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/7698979546357799145/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=7698979546357799145' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/7698979546357799145'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/7698979546357799145'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/10/white-led-flashlight-conversions.html' title='White LED Flashlight Conversions'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SOZNwj5w4SI/AAAAAAAAARg/wDKlD627Cuk/s72-c/f1.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-2906734728594683266</id><published>2008-09-29T07:11:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-29T07:13:57.737-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Electronic Project'/><title type='text'>Emergency Light</title><content type='html'>Emergency Light                 &lt;br /&gt;The circuit of automatic emergency light presented here has the following features: 1. When the mains supply (230V AC) is available, it charges a 12V battery up to 13.5V and then the battery is disconnected from the charging section. 2. When the battery discharges up to 10.2V, it is disconnected from the load and the charging process is resumed. 3. If the mains voltage is available and there is darkness in the room, load (bulb or tube) is turned on by taking power from the mains; otherwise the battery is connected to the load. 4. When the battery discharges up to 10.2V and if the mains is not yet available, the battery is completely disconnected from the circuit to avoid its further discharge. The mains supply of 230V AC is stepped down to 18V AC (RMS) using a 230V AC primary to 0-18V AC, 2A secondary transformer (X1), generally used in 36cm B&amp;amp;W TVs. Diodes D1 through D4 form bridge rectifier and capacitor C5 filters the voltage, providing about 25V DC at the output. Charging section includes 33-ohm, 10-watt resistor R2 which limits the charging current to about 425 mA when battery voltage is about 10.2V, or to 325 mA when battery voltage is about 13.5V. When the battery charges to 13.5V (as set by VR2), zener diode D17 goes into breakdown region, thereby triggering triac TR1. Now, since DC is passing through the triac, it remains continuously ‘on’ even if the gate current is reduced to zero (by disconnecting the gate terminal). Once the battery is fully charged, charging section is cut-off from the battery due to energisation of relay RL2. This relay remains ‘on’ even if the power fails because of connection to the battery via diode D10. S4, a normally closed switch, is included to manually restart the charging process if required. Battery disconnect and charging restart section comprises an NE555 timer (IC2) wired in monostable mode. When the battery voltage is above 10.2V (as indicated by red LED D15), zener diode (D16) remains in the breakdown region, making the trigger pin 2 of IC2 high, thereby maintaining output pin 3 in low voltage state. Thus, relay RL3 is ‘on’ and relay RL4 is ‘off.’ But as soon as the battery voltage falls to about 10.2V (as set by preset VR1), zener diode D16 comes out of conduction, making pin 2 low and pin 3 high to turn ‘on’ relay RL4 and orange LED D13. This also switches off relay RL3 and LED D15. Now, if the mains is available, charging restarts due to de-energisation of relay RL2 because when relay RL4 is ‘on,’ it breaks the circuit of relay RL2 and triac TR1. But if the mains supply is not present, both relays RL3 and RL1 de-energise, disconnecting the battery from the remaining circuit. Thus when battery voltage falls to 10.2 volts, its further discharge is eliminated. But as soon as the mains supply resumes, it energises relay RL1, thereby connecting the battery again to the circuit. Light sensor section also makes use of a 555 timer IC in the monostable mode. As long as normal light is falling on LDR1, its resistance is comparatively low. As a result pin 2 of IC3 is held near Vcc and its output at pin 3 is at low level. In darkness, LDR resistance is very high, which causes pin 2 of IC3 to fall to near ground potential and thus trigger it. As a consequence, output pin 3 goes high during the monostable pulse period, forward biasing transistor T3 which goes into saturation, energising relay RL5. With auto/bypass switch S2 off (in auto mode), the load gets connected to supply via switch S3. If desired, the load may be switched during the day-time by flipping switch S2 to ‘on’ position (manual). Preset VR3 is the sensitivity control used for setting threshold light level at which the load is to be automatically switched on/off. Capacitors with the relays ensure that there is no chattering of the relays. When the mains is present, diode D8 couples the input voltage to regulator IC1 whereas diode D10 feeds the input voltage to it (from battery) in absense of mains supply. Diode D5 connects the load to the power supply section via resistor R5 when mains is available (diode D18 does not conduct). However, when mains power fails, the situation reverses and diode D18 conducts while diode D5 does not conduct. . The load can be any bulb of 12 volts with a maximum current rating of 2 amperes (24 watts). Resistor R5 is supposed to drop approximately 12 volts when the load current flows through it during mains availability . Hence power dissipated in it would almost be equal to the load power. It is therefore desirable to replace R5 with a bulb of similar voltage and wattage as the load so that during mains availability we have more (double) light than when the load is fed from the battery. For setting presets VR1 and VR2, just take out (desolder one end) diodes D7, D10 and D18. Connect a variable source of power supply in place of battery. Set preset VR1 so that battery-high LED D15 is just off at 10.2V of the variable source. Increase the potential of the variable source and observe the shift from LO BAT LED D13 to D15. Now make the voltage of the source 13.5V and set preset VR2 so that relay RL2 just energises. Then decrease the voltage slowly and observe that relay RL2 does not de-energise above 10.2V. At 10.2V, LED D15 should be off and relay RL2 should de-energise while LED D13 should light up. Preset VR3 can be adjusted during evening hours so that the load is ‘on’ during the desired light conditions&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Download Circuit Diagram : &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.ziddu.com/download/2280897/3.gif.html"&gt;http://www.ziddu.com/download/2280897/3.gif.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-2906734728594683266?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/2906734728594683266/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=2906734728594683266' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/2906734728594683266'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/2906734728594683266'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/emergency-light.html' title='Emergency Light'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-7030406686968766347</id><published>2008-09-29T07:06:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-29T07:09:48.931-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Electronic Project'/><title type='text'>Car anti theft wireless alarm</title><content type='html'>&lt;a name="12"&gt;Car anti theft wireless alarm&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;This FM radio-controlled anti- theft alarm can be used with any vehicle having 6- to 12-volt DC supply system. The mini VHF, FM transmitter is fitted in the vehicle at night when it is parked in the car porch or car park. The receiver unit with CXA1019, a single IC-based FM radio module, which is freely available in the market at reasonable rate, is kept inside. Receiver is tuned to the transmitter's frequency. When the transmitter is on and the signals are being received by FM radio receiver, no hissing noise is available at the output of receiver. Thus transistor T2 (BC548) does not conduct. This results in the relay driver transistor T3 getting its forward base bias via 10k resistor R5 and the relay gets energised. When an intruder tries to drive the car and takes it a few metres away from the car porch, the radio link between the car (transmitter) and alarm (receiver) is broken. As a result FM radio module gene-rates hissing noise. Hissing AC signals are coupled to relay switching circ- uit via audio transformer. These AC signals are rectified and filtered by diode D1 and capacitor C8, and the resulting positive DC voltage provides a forward bias to transistor T2. Thus transistor T2 conducts, and it pulls the base of relay driver transistor T3 to ground level. The relay thus gets de-activated and the alarm connected via N/C contacts of relay is switched on. If, by chance, the intruder finds out about the wireless alarm and disconnects the transmitter from battery, still remote alarm remains activated because in the absence of signal, the receiver continues to produce hissing noise at its output. So the burglar alarm is fool-proof and highly reliable&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Download Circuit Diagram : &lt;a href="http://www.ziddu.com/download/2280900/wireleddcarralarm.gif.html"&gt;http://www.ziddu.com/download/2280900/wireleddcarralarm.gif.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-7030406686968766347?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/7030406686968766347/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=7030406686968766347' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/7030406686968766347'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/7030406686968766347'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/car-anti-theft-wireless-alarm.html' title='Car anti theft wireless alarm'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-4205581403835972877</id><published>2008-09-15T08:15:00.002-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-15T08:20:13.823-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Electronic Project'/><title type='text'>PBS Switch Debouncing Circuit</title><content type='html'>&lt;meta equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8"&gt;&lt;meta name="ProgId" content="Word.Document"&gt;&lt;meta name="Generator" content="Microsoft Word 12"&gt;&lt;meta name="Originator" content="Microsoft Word 12"&gt;&lt;link rel="File-List" href="file:///C:%5CDOCUME%7E1%5CADAMLI%7E1%5CLOCALS%7E1%5CTemp%5Cmsohtmlclip1%5C01%5Cclip_filelist.xml"&gt;&lt;link rel="themeData" href="file:///C:%5CDOCUME%7E1%5CADAMLI%7E1%5CLOCALS%7E1%5CTemp%5Cmsohtmlclip1%5C01%5Cclip_themedata.thmx"&gt;&lt;link rel="colorSchemeMapping" href="file:///C:%5CDOCUME%7E1%5CADAMLI%7E1%5CLOCALS%7E1%5CTemp%5Cmsohtmlclip1%5C01%5Cclip_colorschememapping.xml"&gt;&lt;!--[if gte mso 9]&gt;&lt;xml&gt;  &lt;w:worddocument&gt;   &lt;w:view&gt;Normal&lt;/w:View&gt;   &lt;w:zoom&gt;0&lt;/w:Zoom&gt;   &lt;w:trackmoves/&gt;   &lt;w:trackformatting/&gt;   &lt;w:punctuationkerning/&gt;   &lt;w:validateagainstschemas/&gt;   &lt;w:saveifxmlinvalid&gt;false&lt;/w:SaveIfXMLInvalid&gt;   &lt;w:ignoremixedcontent&gt;false&lt;/w:IgnoreMixedContent&gt;   &lt;w:alwaysshowplaceholdertext&gt;false&lt;/w:AlwaysShowPlaceholderText&gt;   &lt;w:donotpromoteqf/&gt;   &lt;w:lidthemeother&gt;EN-US&lt;/w:LidThemeOther&gt;   &lt;w:lidthemeasian&gt;X-NONE&lt;/w:LidThemeAsian&gt;   &lt;w:lidthemecomplexscript&gt;X-NONE&lt;/w:LidThemeComplexScript&gt;   &lt;w:compatibility&gt;    &lt;w:breakwrappedtables/&gt;    &lt;w:snaptogridincell/&gt;    &lt;w:wraptextwithpunct/&gt;    &lt;w:useasianbreakrules/&gt;    &lt;w:dontgrowautofit/&gt;    &lt;w:splitpgbreakandparamark/&gt;    &lt;w:dontvertaligncellwithsp/&gt;    &lt;w:dontbreakconstrainedforcedtables/&gt;    &lt;w:dontvertalignintxbx/&gt;    &lt;w:word11kerningpairs/&gt;    &lt;w:cachedcolbalance/&gt;   &lt;/w:Compatibility&gt;   &lt;w:browserlevel&gt;MicrosoftInternetExplorer4&lt;/w:BrowserLevel&gt;   &lt;m:mathpr&gt;    &lt;m:mathfont val="Cambria Math"&gt;    &lt;m:brkbin val="before"&gt;    &lt;m:brkbinsub val="--"&gt;    &lt;m:smallfrac val="off"&gt;    &lt;m:dispdef/&gt;    &lt;m:lmargin val="0"&gt;    &lt;m:rmargin val="0"&gt;    &lt;m:defjc val="centerGroup"&gt;    &lt;m:wrapindent val="1440"&gt;    &lt;m:intlim val="subSup"&gt;    &lt;m:narylim val="undOvr"&gt;   &lt;/m:mathPr&gt;&lt;/w:WordDocument&gt; &lt;/xml&gt;&lt;![endif]--&gt;&lt;!--[if gte mso 9]&gt;&lt;xml&gt;  &lt;w:latentstyles deflockedstate="false" defunhidewhenused="true" defsemihidden="true" defqformat="false" defpriority="99" latentstylecount="267"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="0" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="Normal"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="9" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="heading 1"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="9" qformat="true" name="heading 2"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="9" qformat="true" name="heading 3"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="9" qformat="true" name="heading 4"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="9" qformat="true" name="heading 5"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="9" qformat="true" name="heading 6"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="9" qformat="true" name="heading 7"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="9" qformat="true" name="heading 8"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="9" qformat="true" name="heading 9"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="39" name="toc 1"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="39" name="toc 2"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="39" name="toc 3"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="39" name="toc 4"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="39" name="toc 5"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="39" name="toc 6"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="39" name="toc 7"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="39" name="toc 8"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="39" name="toc 9"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="35" qformat="true" name="caption"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="10" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="Title"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="1" name="Default Paragraph Font"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="11" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="Subtitle"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="22" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="Strong"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="20" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="Emphasis"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="59" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Table Grid"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Placeholder Text"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="1" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="No Spacing"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="60" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Shading"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="61" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light List"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="62" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Grid"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="63" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 1"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="64" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 2"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="65" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 1"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="66" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 2"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="67" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 1"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="68" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 2"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="69" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 3"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="70" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Dark List"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="71" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Shading"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="72" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful List"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="73" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Grid"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="60" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Shading Accent 1"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="61" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light List Accent 1"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="62" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Grid Accent 1"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="63" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 1 Accent 1"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="64" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 2 Accent 1"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="65" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 1 Accent 1"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Revision"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="34" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="List Paragraph"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="29" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="Quote"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="30" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="Intense Quote"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="66" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 2 Accent 1"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="67" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 1 Accent 1"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="68" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 2 Accent 1"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="69" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 3 Accent 1"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="70" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Dark List Accent 1"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="71" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Shading Accent 1"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="72" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful List Accent 1"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="73" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Grid Accent 1"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="60" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Shading Accent 2"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="61" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light List Accent 2"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="62" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Grid Accent 2"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="63" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 1 Accent 2"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="64" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 2 Accent 2"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="65" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 1 Accent 2"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="66" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 2 Accent 2"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="67" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 1 Accent 2"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="68" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 2 Accent 2"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="69" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 3 Accent 2"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="70" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Dark List Accent 2"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="71" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Shading Accent 2"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="72" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful List Accent 2"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="73" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Grid Accent 2"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="60" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Shading Accent 3"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="61" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light List Accent 3"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="62" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Grid Accent 3"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="63" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 1 Accent 3"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="64" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 2 Accent 3"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="65" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 1 Accent 3"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="66" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 2 Accent 3"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="67" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 1 Accent 3"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="68" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 2 Accent 3"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="69" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 3 Accent 3"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="70" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Dark List Accent 3"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="71" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Shading Accent 3"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="72" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful List Accent 3"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="73" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Grid Accent 3"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="60" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Shading Accent 4"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="61" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light List Accent 4"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="62" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Grid Accent 4"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="63" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 1 Accent 4"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="64" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 2 Accent 4"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="65" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 1 Accent 4"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="66" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 2 Accent 4"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="67" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 1 Accent 4"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="68" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 2 Accent 4"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="69" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 3 Accent 4"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="70" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Dark List Accent 4"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="71" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Shading Accent 4"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="72" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful List Accent 4"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="73" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Grid Accent 4"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="60" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Shading Accent 5"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="61" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light List Accent 5"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="62" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Grid Accent 5"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="63" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 1 Accent 5"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="64" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 2 Accent 5"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="65" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 1 Accent 5"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="66" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 2 Accent 5"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="67" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 1 Accent 5"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="68" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 2 Accent 5"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="69" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 3 Accent 5"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="70" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Dark List Accent 5"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="71" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Shading Accent 5"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="72" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful List Accent 5"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="73" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Grid Accent 5"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="60" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Shading Accent 6"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="61" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light List Accent 6"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="62" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Grid Accent 6"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="63" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 1 Accent 6"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="64" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 2 Accent 6"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="65" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 1 Accent 6"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="66" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 2 Accent 6"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="67" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 1 Accent 6"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="68" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 2 Accent 6"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="69" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 3 Accent 6"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="70" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Dark List Accent 6"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="71" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Shading Accent 6"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="72" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful List Accent 6"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="73" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Grid Accent 6"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="19" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="Subtle Emphasis"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="21" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="Intense Emphasis"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="31" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="Subtle Reference"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="32" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="Intense Reference"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="33" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="Book Title"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="37" name="Bibliography"&gt;   &lt;w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="39" qformat="true" name="TOC Heading"&gt;  &lt;/w:LatentStyles&gt; &lt;/xml&gt;&lt;![endif]--&gt;&lt;style&gt; &lt;!--  /* Font Definitions */  @font-face 	{font-family:Helvetica; 	panose-1:2 11 6 4 2 2 2 2 2 4; 	mso-font-charset:0; 	mso-generic-font-family:swiss; 	mso-font-pitch:variable; 	mso-font-signature:536881799 -2147483648 8 0 511 0;} @font-face 	{font-family:"Cambria Math"; 	panose-1:2 4 5 3 5 4 6 3 2 4; 	mso-font-charset:0; 	mso-generic-font-family:roman; 	mso-font-pitch:variable; 	mso-font-signature:-1610611985 1107304683 0 0 159 0;}  /* Style Definitions */  p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal 	{mso-style-unhide:no; 	mso-style-qformat:yes; 	mso-style-parent:""; 	margin:0in; 	margin-bottom:.0001pt; 	text-align:right; 	mso-pagination:widow-orphan; 	direction:rtl; 	unicode-bidi:embed; 	font-size:12.0pt; 	font-family:"Times New Roman","serif"; 	mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";} .MsoChpDefault 	{mso-style-type:export-only; 	mso-default-props:yes; 	font-size:10.0pt; 	mso-ansi-font-size:10.0pt; 	mso-bidi-font-size:10.0pt;} @page Section1 	{size:8.5in 11.0in; 	margin:1.0in 1.0in 1.0in 1.0in; 	mso-header-margin:.5in; 	mso-footer-margin:.5in; 	mso-paper-source:0;} div.Section1 	{page:Section1;} --&gt; &lt;/style&gt;&lt;!--[if gte mso 10]&gt; &lt;style&gt;  /* Style Definitions */  table.MsoNormalTable 	{mso-style-name:"Table Normal"; 	mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0; 	mso-tstyle-colband-size:0; 	mso-style-noshow:yes; 	mso-style-priority:99; 	mso-style-qformat:yes; 	mso-style-parent:""; 	mso-padding-alt:0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt; 	mso-para-margin:0in; 	mso-para-margin-bottom:.0001pt; 	mso-pagination:widow-orphan; 	font-size:11.0pt; 	font-family:"Calibri","sans-serif"; 	mso-ascii-font-family:Calibri; 	mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin; 	mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman"; 	mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-fareast; 	mso-hansi-font-family:Calibri; 	mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin; 	mso-bidi-font-family:"Times New Roman"; 	mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-bidi;} &lt;/style&gt; &lt;![endif]--&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 13.5pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Helvetica&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;sans-serif&amp;quot;;"&gt;The 555 circuit can be re-triggered if the input is held low longer than the output pulse. To prevent this happening, I have included a further timing circuit comprised of the 1Meg resistor and 47n capacitor. Normally, the 47n capacitor is discharged via the 1 Meg resistor. When the switch is pressed the capacitor quickly charges and provides a brief negative pulse to the 555 input. When the capacitor is fully charged, the potential across the voltage divider formed by the 10k and 1Meg resistors is insufficient to retrigger the monostable. Releasing the switch quickly discharges the capacitor. The output of a 555 monostable is suitable for connecting to TTL and CMOS logic circuits.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Download Schematic Diagram and Part List :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="tahoma12bold"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.ziddu.com/download/2175163/PBSSwitchDebouncingCircuit.pdf.html" class="download"&gt;http://www.ziddu.com/download/2175163/PBSSwitchDebouncingCircuit.pdf.html					&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-4205581403835972877?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/4205581403835972877/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=4205581403835972877' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/4205581403835972877'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/4205581403835972877'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/pbs-switch-debouncing-circuit_15.html' title='PBS Switch Debouncing Circuit'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-8678674459605914054</id><published>2008-09-15T08:06:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-15T08:10:09.737-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Electronic Project'/><title type='text'>Nicad Battery Charger</title><content type='html'>This simple charger uses a single transistor as a constant current source. The voltage across the pair of 1N4148 diodes biases the base of the BD140 medium power transistor. The base - emitter voltage of the transistor and the forward voltage drop across the diodes are relatively stable. The charging current is approximately 15mA or 45mA with the switch closed. This suits most 1.5V and 9V rechargeable batteries. The transformer should have a secondary rating of 12V ac at 0.5amp, the primary should be 220/240volts for Europe or 120volts ac for North America.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Download Schematic Diagram and Part List :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="tahoma12bold"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.ziddu.com/download/2175121/NicadBatteryCharger.pdf.html" class="download"&gt;&lt;b&gt;http://www.ziddu.com/download/2175121/NicadBatteryCharger.pdf.html&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-8678674459605914054?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/8678674459605914054/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=8678674459605914054' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8678674459605914054'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8678674459605914054'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/nicad-battery-charger.html' title='Nicad Battery Charger'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-8242187637494831824</id><published>2008-09-15T08:02:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-15T08:04:14.455-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Electronic Project'/><title type='text'>Video Amplifier</title><content type='html'>Download Schematic Diagram and PartList of Video Amplfier&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="tahoma12bold"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.ziddu.com/download/2174640/Videoamplifier.pdf.html" class="download"&gt;http://www.ziddu.com/download/2174640/Videoamplifier.pdf.html     &lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-8242187637494831824?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/8242187637494831824/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=8242187637494831824' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8242187637494831824'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8242187637494831824'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/video-amplifier.html' title='Video Amplifier'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-2444096817045309974</id><published>2008-09-15T07:53:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-15T07:58:32.429-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Electronic Project'/><title type='text'>Traffic Light Project</title><content type='html'>Traffic Light Project&lt;br /&gt;This project operates red, amber and green LEDs in the&lt;br /&gt;correct sequence for a single UK traffic light. The time&lt;br /&gt;taken for the complete red - red &amp;amp; amber - green - amber&lt;br /&gt;sequence can be varied from about 7s to about 2½&lt;br /&gt;minutes by adjusting the 1M preset. Some amber LEDs&lt;br /&gt;emit light that is almost red so you may prefer to use a&lt;br /&gt;yellow LED. The 555 astable circuit provides clock&lt;br /&gt;pulses for the 4017 counter which has ten outputs (Q0 to&lt;br /&gt;Q9). Each output becomes high in turn as the clock&lt;br /&gt;pulses are received. Appropriate outputs are combined&lt;br /&gt;with diodes to supply the amber and green LEDs. The&lt;br /&gt;red LED is connected to the ÷10 output which is high for&lt;br /&gt;the first 5 counts (Q0-Q4 high), this saves using 5 diodes&lt;br /&gt;for red and simplifies the circuit.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Download Schematic  Diagram and Part List :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="tahoma12bold"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.ziddu.com/download/2174637/trafficlight.pdf.html" class="download"&gt;http://www.ziddu.com/download/2174637/trafficlight.pdf.html     &lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-2444096817045309974?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/2444096817045309974/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=2444096817045309974' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/2444096817045309974'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/2444096817045309974'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/traffic-light-project.html' title='Traffic Light Project'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-265922457270677414</id><published>2008-09-15T07:44:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-15T07:52:52.955-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Electronic Project'/><title type='text'>Temperature Switch Project</title><content type='html'>Temperature Switch Project&lt;br /&gt;This project will provide you an understanding of the use of germanium diode and how it works compared to the more common silicon diode. It works on the principle that as the temperature surrounding the germanium diode increases, the back resistance decreases sharply.&lt;br /&gt;At room temperature, the germanium diode D1 has a typical back resistance of 10K ohm. At this value, the base of transistor Q1 is turned ON, causing transistor Q2 to turn ON as well. When this happens, the base of transistor Q3 is kept to ground causing it to turn OFF hence the buzzer is OFF.&lt;br /&gt;When the temperature of the surrounding increases, the back resistance of the germanium diode D1 decreases sharply causing the base of transistor Q1 to pull down to near ground potential. This cause the transistors Q1 and Q2 to turn OFF. Transistor Q3 is now forward bias through resistor R2 and diode D2. This caused the buzzer to turn ON indicating that the ambient temperature has risen. The sensitivity of the circuit can be adjusted by adjusting variable resistor VR1 and subjecting diode D1 to a temperature that will trigger the buzzer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Download Schematic Diagram and Partlist :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="tahoma12bold"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.ziddu.com/download/2174632/TemperatureSwitchProject.pdf.html" class="download"&gt;http://www.ziddu.com/download/2174632/TemperatureSwitchProject.pdf.html     &lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-265922457270677414?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/265922457270677414/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=265922457270677414' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/265922457270677414'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/265922457270677414'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/temperature-switch-project.html' title='Temperature Switch Project'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-6515704142173069760</id><published>2008-09-15T07:39:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-15T07:41:51.930-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Electronic Project'/><title type='text'>Simple Home Security Monitorin Project</title><content type='html'>Simple Home Security Monitoring Project&lt;br /&gt;This project is a standalone simple home security monitoring project that will trigger a buzzer when the magnetic contact is opened. Magnetic contacts are usually NC (Normally Closed) and are used on doors and windows. They consists of two parts namely a magnet and a reed switch. When the reed switch is in close proximity to the magnet, the switch will close and vice versa. Usually the magnet is fitted to the door and the reed switch is fitted to the door frame in close proximity to one another such that when the door is closed, the two parts are in close contact and hence the switch is closed. When the door is opened, the magnet will be a distance away from the reed switch and hence the switch will open.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Download Schematic Diagram and part list :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="tahoma12bold"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.ziddu.com/download/2174628/SimpleHomeSecurityMonitoringProject.pdf.html" class="download"&gt;http://www.ziddu.com/download/2174628/SimpleHomeSecurityMonitoringProject.pdf.html &lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-6515704142173069760?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/6515704142173069760/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=6515704142173069760' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/6515704142173069760'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/6515704142173069760'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/simple-home-security-monitorin-project.html' title='Simple Home Security Monitorin Project'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-6419857190594016560</id><published>2008-09-15T07:35:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-15T07:38:49.551-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Electronic Project'/><title type='text'>Simple but reliable car battery tester</title><content type='html'>This circuit uses the popular and easy to find LM3914 IC. This IC is very simple to drive, needs no voltage regulators (it has a built in voltage regulator) and can be powered from almost every source. This circuit is very easy to explain: When the test button is pressed, the Car battery voltage is feed into a high impedance voltage divider. His purpose is to divide 12V to 1,25V (or lower values to lower values). This solution is better than letting the internal voltage regulator set the 12V sample voltage to be feed into the internal voltage divider simply because it cannot regulate 12V when the voltage drops lower (linear regulators only step down). Simply wiring with no adjust, the regulator provides stable 1,25V which is fed into the precision internal resistor cascade to generate sample voltages for the internal comparators. Anyway the default setting let you to measure voltages&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:100%;"&gt;between 8 and 12V but you can measure even from 0V to 12V setting the offset trimmer to 0 (but i think that under 9 volt your car would not start). There is a smoothing capacitor (4700uF 16V) it is used to adsorb EMF noise produced from the ignition coil if you are measuring the battery during the engine working. Diesel engines would not need it, but i'm not sure. If you like more a point graph rather than a bar graph simply disconnect pin 9 on the IC (MODE) from power. The calculations are simple (default) For the first comparator the voltage is : 0,833 V corresponding to 8 V * * * * * voltage is : 0,875 V corresponding to 8,4 V ... .. for the last comparator the voltage is : 1,25 V corresponding to 12 V Have fun, learn and don't let you car battery discharge... ;-)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Download Schematic Diagram&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="tahoma12bold"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.ziddu.com/download/2174626/Simplebutreliablecarbatterytester.pdf.html" class="download"&gt;http://www.ziddu.com/download/2174626/Simplebutreliablecarbatterytester.pdf.html     &lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:100%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-6419857190594016560?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/6419857190594016560/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=6419857190594016560' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/6419857190594016560'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/6419857190594016560'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/simple-but-reliable-car-battery-tester.html' title='Simple but reliable car battery tester'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-5286091796847890411</id><published>2008-09-15T07:29:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-15T07:33:45.353-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Electronic Project'/><title type='text'>Power Failure Alarm Project</title><content type='html'>Power Failure Alarm Project&lt;br /&gt;This project is a power supply monitoring device that will trigger a buzzer when the mains supply cuts off. At the same time, the light emitting diode will be turned ON. This device is helpful to inform the loss of power supply to some critical installation such as a pump in a fish tank. Once the buzzer sound, one will know that there is a loss of power supply and actions need to be taken to rectify the situation by providing alternative power supply or relocating the installation.&lt;br /&gt;Circuit Description&lt;br /&gt;The circuit shown below consists of a AC relay. If the mains input is 120V AC, use a 120V AC relay. If the mains input is 240V AC, use a 240V AC relay. The relay is a Single Pole Double Throw (SPDT) type where the COM will be connected to NC terminal if it is not energised. Once energised, the COM terminal will be connected to the NO terminal.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Download Schematic Diagram&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="tahoma12bold"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.ziddu.com/download/2174622/PowerFailureAlarmProject.pdf.html" class="download"&gt;http://www.ziddu.com/download/2174622/PowerFailureAlarmProject.pdf.html     &lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-5286091796847890411?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/5286091796847890411/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=5286091796847890411' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/5286091796847890411'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/5286091796847890411'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/power-failure-alarm-project.html' title='Power Failure Alarm Project'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-6946581437272364811</id><published>2008-09-15T07:18:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-15T07:21:59.957-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Electronic Project'/><title type='text'>LED Torch</title><content type='html'>LED Torch.&lt;br /&gt;A common problem with small torches is the short life-span both of the batteries and the bulb. The average incandescent torch, for instance, consumes around 2 Watts. The LED Torch in Fig. 1 consumes just 24 mW, giving it more than 80 times longer service from 4 AA alkaline batteries (that is, up to one month's continuous service). Although the torchs light output is modest, it is nonetheless quite sufficient to illuminate a pathway for walking.&lt;br /&gt;The LED Torch is based on a 7555 timer running in astable mode (do not use an ordinary 555). A white LED (Maplin order code NR73) produces 400 mcd light output, which, when focussed, can illuminate objects at 30 metres. Try Conrad Electronic for what appears to be a stronger white LED (order code 15 37 45-11).&lt;br /&gt;A convex lens with short focal length is placed in front of the LED to focus the beam. If banding occurs at the beams perimeter, use another very short focal length lens directly in front of the LED to smooth the beam.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Download Schematic Diagram :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a class="download" href="http://www.ziddu.com/download/2174612/LEDTorch.pdf.html"&gt;http://www.ziddu.com/download/2174612/LEDTorch.pdf.html &lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-6946581437272364811?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/6946581437272364811/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=6946581437272364811' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/6946581437272364811'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/6946581437272364811'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/led-torch_15.html' title='LED Torch'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-4531169251456916640</id><published>2008-09-15T07:09:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-15T07:11:33.114-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Electronic Project'/><title type='text'>Free Hidden Electricity</title><content type='html'>FREE Hidden Electricity!&lt;br /&gt;This Instructable will show you how to tap into a FREE source of electricity! All you need is a phone line! All phone lines have a constant flow of voltage, around 40-70 volts (up to 100 volts when it rings!), but you can't just plug stuff into it and expect it to work. You can really mess with your phone system by doing that. I discovered how to do it the right way&lt;br /&gt;What You Need...&lt;br /&gt;1. Small project enclosure 2. (1) 240ohm resistor 3. (1) 510ohm resistor 4. (1) LM317L Regulator 5. (1) KBP210 Bridge Rectifier 6. (2) Phone line cables&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Download Schematic Diagram :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a class="download" href="http://www.ziddu.com/download/2174617/phoneelectricity.pdf.html"&gt;http://www.ziddu.com/download/2174617/phoneelectricity.pdf.html &lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-4531169251456916640?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/4531169251456916640/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=4531169251456916640' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/4531169251456916640'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/4531169251456916640'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/free-hidden-electricity_15.html' title='Free Hidden Electricity'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-6562668477066698963</id><published>2008-09-14T01:10:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-14T01:23:36.962-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>activate and unlock iPhone with 1.1.1</title><content type='html'>&lt;strong&gt;This tutorial assumes that your iPhone has firmware version  1.1.1.&lt;/strong&gt; If you are unsure, here is how to check: On the emergency dial  screen dial &lt;strong&gt;*3001#12345#*&lt;/strong&gt; and tap Versions. Firware version  should be &lt;strong&gt;04.01.13_G&lt;/strong&gt;. If it's 03.14.08_G you have v1.0.2 and  need to &lt;a href="#recovery-restore-mode"&gt;update it to 1.1.1 first&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h1 id="Bypass-Activation-and-Jailbreak"&gt;Bypass activation and prepare phone for  software installation&lt;/h1&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Make sure you have a SIM-card with PIN turned off, and power on your phone  (the supplied AT&amp;amp;T card works fine).  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;On the activation screen, &lt;strong&gt;slide for emergency&lt;/strong&gt; and dial:  &lt;strong&gt;*#301#&lt;/strong&gt; to make the phone call itself. (If the incoming call  dialog quickly disappears but it keeps ringing, just dial &lt;strong&gt;0&lt;/strong&gt;  (remove *#301# first), and it will call itself)  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Answer&lt;/strong&gt; the call, and tap on &lt;strong&gt;Hold&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Phone will call it self again, tap &lt;strong&gt;Decline&lt;/strong&gt;. You will now be  returned to the normal dialer.  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Tap on contacts, and tap the + icon to add a new. The only info you are  going to add to this contact are &lt;strong&gt;two URL's&lt;/strong&gt;. To add a URL, tap  &lt;strong&gt;Add new URL&lt;/strong&gt;. The first URL is &lt;i&gt;prefs&lt;/i&gt; followed by a colon:  &lt;strong&gt;prefs:&lt;/strong&gt; and the second is &lt;strong&gt;i.unlock.no&lt;/strong&gt;. Tap  Save.  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Your contact now has two "web pages" - tap on the first one (prefs:). This  will take you to the settings dialog. The reason you want this, is because you  need to connect to a Wi-Fi network, so tap on Wi-Fi, and get connected to a  network, and make sure the icon on top of the screen is indicating that you are  connected. While you are in the settings dialog, you should also set:  &lt;strong&gt;General → Auto-Lock → Never&lt;/strong&gt;.  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Now, press the home button, and again, &lt;strong&gt;slide for emergency&lt;/strong&gt;  dial &lt;strong&gt;0&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;Answer&lt;/strong&gt; the call, &lt;strong&gt;Hold&lt;/strong&gt;  and &lt;strong&gt;Decline&lt;/strong&gt; the new call so that you get to the contacts. Tap  on your contact (No Name), and this time tap on the other home page,  &lt;strong&gt;i.unlock.no&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Safari will launch and show you a webpage. Tap on &lt;strong&gt;Tap here to  jailbreak your iPhone&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Phone will return to activation screen and after a few seconds the phone  should restart.  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;If the phone does not restart after waiting a full minute, please make sure  that you have your phone connected to the computer and try again.  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;When the phone starts again, it should no longer say &lt;i&gt;slide for  emergency&lt;/i&gt;, but rather &lt;strong&gt;Slide to unlock&lt;/strong&gt; It means it was  successfull! Activation is now bypassed, and phone prepared for software  installation! &lt;i&gt;(If you are going to use an AT&amp;amp;T SIM, you won't need to do  the next step.)&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h1 id="Unlock-the-SIM-lock"&gt;Unlock the SIM-lock on jailbroken 1.1.1&lt;/h1&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Open installer, and install the update if prompted.  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Go to sources and tap &lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Add&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Add this URL: &lt;strong&gt;http://i.unlock.no&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Tap &lt;strong&gt;Done&lt;/strong&gt; and then &lt;strong&gt;Refresh&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;strong&gt;Install&lt;/strong&gt; (at bottom) and scroll down to the  &lt;strong&gt;Unlocking Tools&lt;/strong&gt; category and install &lt;strong&gt;AnySIM&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;When installed you can press the home button, and you will find a new AnySIM  icon on your home screen. Launch it and follow the instructions.  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;The unlocking process will take about 5-10 minutes, in the end it should say  it was successful!  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;To clean up your phone, launch Installer and uninstall AnySIM. Then go to  Settings → General → Auto-Lock and set it to a prefered value. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;Congratulations, you are done!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h1 id="how-to-jailbreak-1.1.2-and-1.1.3"&gt;How to jailbreak 1.1.2 or 1.1.3.&lt;/h1&gt; &lt;p&gt;Regardless of whether you want to use 1.1.2 or 1.1.3 firmware, you must start  with a jailbroken 1.1.1. &lt;a href="#how-to-downgrade-1.1.2-or-1.1.3"&gt;Downgrade  instructions are available here&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="#Bypass-Activation-and-Jailbreak"&gt;Jailbreak for 1.1.1 here&lt;/a&gt;. When done  continue reading here. Note: even if you want to use 1.1.3, you need to upgrade  to and jailbreak 1.1.2 first. You should also unlock your 1.1.2 before  upgrading.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2 id="jailbreak-1.1.2"&gt;Upgrading to 1.1.2&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;On a 1.1.1 phone, open Installer and install &lt;strong&gt;OktoPrep&lt;/strong&gt;  located in the Tweaks 1.1.1 category.  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Download the 1.1.2 firmware file from Apple: &lt;a onclick="this.target='blank'" href="http://appldnld.apple.com.edgesuite.net/content.info.apple.com/iPhone/061-4037.20071107.5Bghn/iPhone1,1_1.1.2_3B48b_Restore.ipsw"&gt;iPhone1,1_1.1.2_3B48b_Restore.ipsw&lt;/a&gt;  (right click link and save target)  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Connect your phone to your computer and open iTunes on the "summary" page.  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Hold down the SHIFT key (Windows) or Option/ALT-key (Mac) on your keyboard  while clicking on the &lt;strong&gt;Upgrade&lt;/strong&gt; button (not the restore button!).  A file browsing dialog should appear, and you must select the firmware file you  downloaded in the previous step.  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;While the phone is upgrading, &lt;a href="http://conceitedsoftware.com/iphone/site/112jb.html"&gt;download the 1.1.2  jailbreak archive&lt;/a&gt; and extract the files to your computer.  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;If you don't already have Java on your computer, you need to &lt;a href="http://www.java.com/en/download/manual.jsp?locale=en"&gt;download and install  Java runtime first&lt;/a&gt;. If you are unsure, check the jailbreak.jar file in the  archive you extracted previously - it should have an icon with a coffee cup  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;When your phone is done upgrading, and shows the Slide for emergency screen,  you need to launch the jailbreak java application on your computer. Windows  users double click on the windows.bat file, while Mac users can double click on  jailbreak.jar file.  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;An application should appear, with a "Jailbreak" button - click on it and  wait while it's jailbreaking. This will take a few minutes, and your phone will  restart a few times at the end.  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Your phone should now show "Slide to unlock" instead of emergency. If it  does, everything was successfull. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;p&gt;If are going to use TurboSIM or a similar SIM-adapter you don't need to  unlock - it should work right away. If your phone did not have 1.1.2 when you  bought it (old bootloader), you can unlock it to work with any sim-card. To do  so, install anySIM 1.2.1u located in Utilities category. &lt;strong&gt;Open Settings  enable Airplane Mode (very important!)&lt;/strong&gt; (and set Auto lock to never if  you haven't already) and then you can launch anySIM and follow the instructions  shown.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Important: 1.1.2 has a bug that causes phone/SMS to crash when used in  foreign countries. To fix this, you must Install and run &lt;strong&gt;iWorld&lt;/strong&gt;  found in the Tweaks (1.1.2) in Installer. Run the application and select your  country. When phone has rebooted you can uninstall iWorld.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h2 id="jailbreak-1.1.3"&gt;Upgrading to 1.1.3&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;This requires that you already have jailbroken 1.1.2. Open Installer, and  Install &lt;strong&gt;Official 1.1.3 Upgrader&lt;/strong&gt; found in the System category.  This will download the entire 165MB firmware over Wi-Fi, patch it, and upgrade  your phone automaticly. So it may take some time - normally 10-30 minutes. When  done your phone should reboot directly to a jailbroken 1.1.3 firmware.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h1 id="International-menu-and-edge-fix"&gt;A few tweaks&lt;/h1&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;[1.1.1] If you want to enable the International menu, install &lt;strong&gt;Enable  International menu&lt;/strong&gt; which is found in the &lt;strong&gt;Unlocking Tools  category&lt;/strong&gt;. This will let you choose keyboards, and set your phone to use  your prefered regional settings, like date and phone number formatting. Be  alerted though - it looks like Apple haven't finished this feature completely  yet (which is probably why it's deactivated) so there may be some issues. In my  case Fahrenheit and Celsius is mixed up in the Weather application for instance!   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;[1.1.1] By default, the EDGE settings found in &lt;strong&gt;Settings → General →  Network → EDGE&lt;/strong&gt; are not saved when phone is restarted. To fix this,  install &lt;strong&gt;EDGE Settings fix&lt;/strong&gt; which is found in the  &lt;strong&gt;Unlocking Tools category.&lt;/strong&gt;.  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;If YouTube does not work ("You must first connect to iTunes..."), try to  install &lt;strong&gt;YouTube activation&lt;/strong&gt; which is found in the  &lt;strong&gt;Unlocking Tools category&lt;/strong&gt;. Also make sure that the phone has  correct date.  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;If you for some reason need to deliver your phone to Apple (service etc.), i  recommend that you revert the unlock first so that they (hopefully) can't see  it's been unlocked. Install &lt;strong&gt;OneSIM&lt;/strong&gt; which is found in the  &lt;strong&gt;Unlocking Tools category&lt;/strong&gt;, and tap on the new icon it creates to  run it. &lt;a href="#recovery-restore-mode"&gt;After you are done, do a restore in  iTunes&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-6562668477066698963?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/6562668477066698963/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=6562668477066698963' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/6562668477066698963'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/6562668477066698963'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/activate-and-unlock-iphone-with-111.html' title='activate and unlock iPhone with 1.1.1'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-3862928528765000313</id><published>2008-09-14T01:09:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-14T01:10:10.736-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Fix iPhone Application crashing issue</title><content type='html'>If you are having trouble with an iPhone application downloaded from the App  Store where it opens up and immediately exits (crashes) every time you try to  launch it then here are some solutions that you might want to try out to resolve  the problem&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p trdan="2" niej8="1"&gt;It appears that the reason for the application crashes  that many iPhone users have reported is due to a problem with Digital Rights  Management (DRM) that is embedded in each &lt;a href="http://www.iphonehacks.com/iphone_applications/" trdan="0" niej8="1"&gt;iPhone app&lt;/a&gt; installed via the App Store.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p trdan="0" niej8="1"&gt;There are some solutions that you can try to fix the  problem:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong trdan="0" niej8="1"&gt;Reboot&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;strong trdan="0" niej8="1"&gt;iPhone&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p trdan="0" niej8="1"&gt;Perform a hard reboot of your iPhone, i.e turn your  iPhone off completely, by pressing and holding the Sleep/Wake button (on top )  for a few seconds then slide the red slider. Turn it back on by holding the  Sleep/Wake button until the Apple logo appears. This can clear potentially  problematic data, preventing some type of crashes.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong trdan="0" niej8="1"&gt;Delete the iPhone Application:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p trdan="0" niej8="1"&gt;If the above solution does not help, try deleting the  application from your iPhone and then re-sync it back to your iPhone. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p trdan="0" niej8="1"&gt;To delete an application from your iPhone, simply press  and hold on the application icon on your iPhone's home screen until it begins to  wiggle along with other application icons (just as you would to rearrange them).  A small black circle with an "x" on it should appear on the top-left corner of  the icon. Tap on the "x" of the iPhone app that is giving you trouble to  uninstall it. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p trdan="0" niej8="1"&gt;When thats done, sync your iPhone with iTunes which  should result in the application you just deleted to get synced to your iPhone  again.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p trdan="0" niej8="1"&gt;Few iPhone users have observed that re-downloading the  deleted application directly from iPhone's App Store (rather than using iTunes  on your computer) also helps in resolving the crashing problem.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p trdan="1" niej8="1"&gt;&lt;strong trdan="0" niej8="1"&gt;Restore iPhone&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p trdan="0" niej8="1"&gt;If deleting the application or full reboot does not  resolve the crashing issue, try performing a restore of your iPhone. Connect it  to your Mac or PC and, in iTunes, click the Restore button under the Summary  tab. Please do remember restoring the phone will erase contacts, calendars,  photos and other data on the phone, but will restore automatically backed-up  information including text messages, notes, call history, contact favorites,  sound settings, widget settings, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-3862928528765000313?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/3862928528765000313/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=3862928528765000313' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/3862928528765000313'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/3862928528765000313'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/fix-iphone-application-crashing-issue.html' title='Fix iPhone Application crashing issue'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-3764223549133820996</id><published>2008-09-14T01:05:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-14T01:08:13.519-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Boost Your  iPhone 3G's Signal Strength</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="entry-body"&gt; &lt;p trdan="0" niej8="0"&gt;We were assuming that Apple's iPhone 3G will  automatically fall back to 2G in case there is no 3G coverage for voice and data  connections. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p trdan="0" niej8="0"&gt;But based on complaints from many iPhone 3G users, it  appears that iPhone 3G is not quick enough in switching from 3G to 2G which  could result in low or no signal. So if you are observing low signal strength on  your iPhone, then there is a simple but manual trick to solve the  problem.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p trdan="0" niej8="0"&gt;This comment over at iPhone Atlas reader, w4rmk confirms  that iPhone 3G is not quick enough in switching from 3G to 2G.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p trdan="0" niej8="0"&gt;W4rmk wrote &lt;em trdan="0" niej8="0"&gt;"Yesterday I tried to  make a phone call (new iPhone 3G). I was standing outside in the Denver,  Colorado area (which has 3G) and the display said “No Signal”. I walked around  waiting for a signal to come in for about 5min with no luck. I went into  settings and turned off 3G and immediately got 4 bars on the edge network. So  the iPhone is failing to switch to edge when there is no 3G  connection."&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p trdan="0" niej8="0"&gt;I am a little surprised that iPhone 3G did not switch to   2G  automatically. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p trdan="0" niej8="0"&gt;So in case you observe low or no signal strength on your  new iPhone 3G, try turning off 3G manually, this will force iPhone to switch to  2G. It might take few seconds but you could see a boost in your iPhone's signal  strength as w4rmk observed. (The assumption here is that you are in an area with  good 2G coverage). &lt;/p&gt; &lt;center&gt;&lt;img alt="iPhone 3G - Turn 3G off" src="http://www.iphonehacks.com/images/08-Jul/Turn3Goff.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/center&gt; &lt;p trdan="0" niej8="0"&gt;iPhone 3G not switching between 3G and 2G quickly could  be some technical issue as I have observed similar behavior with other 3G phones  as well, lets hope Apple finds a solution, as turning 3G off manually is quite  painful. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-3764223549133820996?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/3764223549133820996/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=3764223549133820996' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/3764223549133820996'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/3764223549133820996'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/boost-your-iphone-3gs-signal-strength.html' title='Boost Your  iPhone 3G&apos;s Signal Strength'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-1230483744465700587</id><published>2008-09-14T00:37:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-14T00:42:25.743-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Battery Life Tips of your iPhone</title><content type='html'>The iPhone 3G’s battery life is either terrific or terrible, depending on your&lt;br /&gt;point of view. When accessing the 3G network, it gets longer battery life than&lt;br /&gt;any other phone—and yet that’s only 5 hours of talk time, compared with 8&lt;br /&gt;on the original iPhone.&lt;br /&gt;But never mind all that; the point is that if you’re not careful, the iPhone 3G’s&lt;br /&gt;battery might not even make it through a single day without needing a&lt;br /&gt;recharge. So knowing how to scale back its power appetite could come in&lt;br /&gt;extremely handy.&lt;br /&gt;The biggest wolfers of electricity on your iPhone are its screen and its wireless&lt;br /&gt;features. Therefore, you can get longer life from each charge by:&lt;br /&gt;• Dimming the screen. In bright light, the screen brightens (but uses&lt;br /&gt;more battery power). In dim light, it darkens.&lt;br /&gt;You can use this information to your advantage. By covering up the sensor&lt;br /&gt;as you unlock the phone, you force it into a low-power, dim-screen&lt;br /&gt;setting (because the phone believes that it’s in a dark room). Or by holding&lt;br /&gt;it up to a light as you wake it, you get full brightness. In both cases,&lt;br /&gt;you’ve saved all the taps and navigation it would have taken you to find&lt;br /&gt;the manual brightness slider in Settings.&lt;br /&gt;• Turning off 3G. If you don’t see a 3 icon on your iPhone 3G’s status bar,&lt;br /&gt;then you’re not in a 3G hot spot , and you’re not getting any&lt;br /&gt;benefit from the phone’s battery-hungry 3G radio. By turning it off, you’ll&lt;br /&gt;double the length of your iPhone 3G’s battery power, from 5 hours of talk&lt;br /&gt;time to 10.&lt;br /&gt;To do so, from the Home screen, tap SettingsÆGeneralÆNetworkÆ&lt;br /&gt;Enable 3G Off. Yes, this is sort of a hassle, but if you’re anticipating a long&lt;br /&gt;day and you can’t risk the battery dying halfway through, it might be&lt;br /&gt;worth doing. After all, most 3G phones don’t even let you turn off their&lt;br /&gt;3G circuitry.&lt;br /&gt;• Turning off Wi-Fi. From the Home screen, tap SettingsÆWi-FiÆOn/Off.&lt;br /&gt;If you’re not in a wireless hot spot anyway, you may as well stop the thing&lt;br /&gt;from using its radio. Or, at the very least, tell the iPhone to stop searching&lt;br /&gt;for Wi-Fi networks it can connect to..&lt;br /&gt;• Turning off the phone, too. In Airplane mode, you shut off both Wi-Fi&lt;br /&gt;and the cellular radios, saving the most power of all.&lt;br /&gt;• Turning off Bluetooth. If you’re not using a Bluetooth headset, then for&lt;br /&gt;heaven’s sake shut down that Bluetooth radio. In Settings, tap General,&lt;br /&gt;and turn off Bluetooth.&lt;br /&gt;• Turning off GPS. If you won’t be needing the iPhone to track your location,&lt;br /&gt;save it the power required to operate the GPS chip and the other&lt;br /&gt;location circuits. In Settings, tap General, and turn off Location Services.&lt;br /&gt;• Turning off “push” data. If your email, calendar, and address book are&lt;br /&gt;kept constantly synced with your Macs or PCs, then you’ve probably gotten&lt;br /&gt;yourself involved with Yahoo Mail, Microsoft Exchange&lt;br /&gt;or MobileMe . It’s pretty amazing to know that your iPhone is&lt;br /&gt;constantly kept current with the mothership—but all that continual sniffing&lt;br /&gt;of the airwaves, looking for updates, costs you battery power. If you&lt;br /&gt;can do without the immediacy, visit SettingsÆFetch New Data; consider&lt;br /&gt;turning off Push and letting your iPhone check for new information, say,&lt;br /&gt;every 15, 30, or 60 minutes.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-1230483744465700587?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/1230483744465700587/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=1230483744465700587' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/1230483744465700587'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/1230483744465700587'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/battery-life-tips-of-your-iphone.html' title='Battery Life Tips of your iPhone'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-8876762378995432128</id><published>2008-09-14T00:36:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-14T00:36:58.432-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>iPhone’s existencei</title><content type='html'>In the first year of the iPhone’s existence, Apple sold 6 million of them;&lt;br /&gt;brought the thing to 70 countries; and inspired an industry of misbegotten&lt;br /&gt;iPhone lookalikes from other companies. By the end of Year&lt;br /&gt;One, you could type iPhone into Google and get 229 million hits.&lt;br /&gt;Now there’s a new iPhone, the iPhone 3G. More importantly, there’s a new&lt;br /&gt;version of the iPhone’s software, called iPhone 2.0. And then there’s the&lt;br /&gt;iPhone App Store, which offers thousands of add-on programs written by&lt;br /&gt;individuals, software companies, and everything in between.&lt;br /&gt;This is huge. Remember how mystified everyone was when Apple called&lt;br /&gt;its music player the iPod—instead of, say, iMusic or iSongs or something?&lt;br /&gt;The reason was that Apple had much bigger plans for the iPod—photos,&lt;br /&gt;videos, documents, and so on. Maybe they should have saved that name&lt;br /&gt;for the iPhone.&lt;br /&gt;Yes, the iPhone is still an iPod. And it’s still the best Internet phone you’ve&lt;br /&gt;ever seen. It shows fully formatted email (with attachments, thank you)&lt;br /&gt;and displays entire Web pages with fonts and design intact. It’s still tricked&lt;br /&gt;out with a tilt sensor, proximity sensor, light sensor, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and&lt;br /&gt;that amazing multitouch screen.&lt;br /&gt;Therefore, it’s still a calendar, address book, calculator, alarm clock, stopwatch,&lt;br /&gt;stock tracker, traffic reporter, RSS reader, and weather forecaster. It&lt;br /&gt;even stands in for a flashlight and, with the screen off, a pocket mirror.&lt;br /&gt;But now, thanks to the App Store, the iPhone is a fast, wicked fun pocket&lt;br /&gt;computer. All those free or cheap programs can turn it into a medical reference,&lt;br /&gt;musical keyboard, time tracker, remote control, voice recorder, tip&lt;br /&gt;calculator, e-book reader, and so on. And whoa, those games! Hundreds of&lt;br /&gt;them, with smooth 3-D graphics and tilt control.&lt;br /&gt;All of this sends the iPhone’s utility and power through the roof. Calling it&lt;br /&gt;a phone is practically an insul&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-8876762378995432128?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/8876762378995432128/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=8876762378995432128' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8876762378995432128'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8876762378995432128'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/iphones-existencei.html' title='iPhone’s existencei'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-3238622060849575648</id><published>2008-09-12T13:51:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-12T13:56:37.164-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Freeware application'/><title type='text'>Yawcam</title><content type='html'>This might be useful for home, small business, or shop owners here that use their webcam for surveillance purposes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What is Yawcam?&lt;br /&gt;Yawcam is a shortening for Yet Another WebCAM software, and that's exactly what it is ;-)&lt;br /&gt;More precise Yawcam is a webcam software for windows written in java. The main ideas for Yawcam are to keep it simple and easy to use but to include all the usual features.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Yawcam is completely free to use! &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Yawcam features:&lt;br /&gt;.: Video streaming&lt;br /&gt;.: Image snapshots&lt;br /&gt;.: Built-in webserver&lt;br /&gt;.: Motion detection&lt;br /&gt;.: Ftp-upload&lt;br /&gt;.: Text and image overlays&lt;br /&gt;.: Password protection&lt;br /&gt;.: Online announcements for communities&lt;br /&gt;.: Scheduler for online time&lt;br /&gt;.: Multi languange&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Download Link : http://www.ziddu.com/download/2151226/yawcam_install.exe.html&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-3238622060849575648?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/3238622060849575648/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=3238622060849575648' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/3238622060849575648'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/3238622060849575648'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/yawcam.html' title='Yawcam'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-1313226326377962816</id><published>2008-09-10T12:33:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-10T13:14:40.079-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Replacing the Logic Board of your iPod</title><content type='html'>When your iPod was young, did life seem so wonderful? A&lt;br /&gt;miracle? Was it beautiful? Magical? That’s because the logic&lt;br /&gt;board was working perfectly. But logic boards are components&lt;br /&gt;like any other, and they go bad from time to time. If yours is&lt;br /&gt;making you clinical, cynical, or fanatical because it’s not so&lt;br /&gt;logical or dependable (in fact, it’s a vegetable), replacing the&lt;br /&gt;logic board is the cure, as we show in this chapter. The cure&lt;br /&gt;to Supertramp, however, we have not yet discovered.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Check the Signs of a Bad Logic Board&lt;br /&gt;The logic board is the brain of your iPod. No joke—your iPod is a miniature&lt;br /&gt;computer. The logic board contains the microprocessor as well as the connections&lt;br /&gt;to the various other components and systems: the battery, the hard drive or flash&lt;br /&gt;memory, the display, the audio, the data ports, and so on. If something goes&lt;br /&gt;wrong with your logic board, it’s not unlike massive head trauma in a human.&lt;br /&gt;A bad logic board reveals itself in different ways. Your iPod might not turn on,&lt;br /&gt;even when you plug it into a charger. If the iPod does turn on, it might show the&lt;br /&gt;sad face or the folder icon, or it might freeze on the Apple logo.&lt;br /&gt;It’s hard to diagnose a bad logic board from the symptoms alone, because&lt;br /&gt;they’re the same symptoms that you get from other problems. Before you&lt;br /&gt;decide that the logic board is bad, be sure to rule out other possible causes.&lt;br /&gt;For instance, if the iPod doesn’t turn on, check out the battery, or if you get&lt;br /&gt;the folder icon, you might want to look into the hard drive or the software.&lt;br /&gt;Restoring your iPod in iTunes might do the trick.&lt;br /&gt;When you’re reasonably convinced that the other components are in good&lt;br /&gt;working order, the logic board looks more and more like the culprit.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;To replace the logic board in a first-generation iPod:&lt;br /&gt;1. Open the iPod according to the instructions .&lt;br /&gt;2. Pull the battery from the back of the hard drive. There is adhesive&lt;br /&gt;holding it down.&lt;br /&gt;3. Unplug the battery from the logic board&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;a href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMgimHtM7pI/AAAAAAAAAQQ/juwY6natkLY/s1600-h/i1.png"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5244479804371955346" style="FLOAT: left; MARGIN: 0px 10px 10px 0px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMgimHtM7pI/AAAAAAAAAQQ/juwY6natkLY/s320/i1.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5244480371985594882" style="FLOAT: right; MARGIN: 0px 0px 10px 10px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMgjHKO1ugI/AAAAAAAAAQY/5-ptk0XC1cg/s320/i2.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;4. Carefully slide the hard drive from the orange hard drive connector.&lt;br /&gt;5. Pull the hard drive from the iPod .&lt;br /&gt;6. Find the four T6 Torx screws in the logic board. A large piece of rubber covers one of&lt;br /&gt;them. Remove this piece of rubber to expose the fourth screw .&lt;br /&gt;7. With your T6 Torx screwdriver, remove all four screws&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMgkVfECQyI/AAAAAAAAAQo/OfZASjLh_ew/s1600-h/i4.png"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5244481717607220002" style="FLOAT: left; MARGIN: 0px 10px 10px 0px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMgkVfECQyI/AAAAAAAAAQo/OfZASjLh_ew/s320/i4.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMgjxytwuRI/AAAAAAAAAQg/qUTdzQVPqOg/s1600-h/i3.png"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5244481104407214354" style="FLOAT: right; MARGIN: 0px 0px 10px 10px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMgjxytwuRI/AAAAAAAAAQg/qUTdzQVPqOg/s320/i3.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;a href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMglsT5TIJI/AAAAAAAAAQw/E4nAsNdq48k/s1600-h/i5.png"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5244483209258016914" style="FLOAT: left; MARGIN: 0px 10px 10px 0px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMglsT5TIJI/AAAAAAAAAQw/E4nAsNdq48k/s320/i5.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. Carefully slide the hard drive from the orange hard drive connector.&lt;br /&gt;5. Pull the hard drive from the iPod .&lt;br /&gt;6. Find the four T6 Torx screws in the logic board. A large piece of rubber covers one of&lt;br /&gt;them. Remove this piece of rubber to expose the fourth screw .&lt;br /&gt;7. With your T6 Torx screwdriver, remove all four screws&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMgnj4rsYpI/AAAAAAAAARA/CdBmryI7TCQ/s1600-h/i7.png"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5244485263537496722" style="FLOAT: left; MARGIN: 0px 10px 10px 0px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMgnj4rsYpI/AAAAAAAAARA/CdBmryI7TCQ/s320/i7.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMgqLT8pvOI/AAAAAAAAARY/tezYJz_w1UU/s1600-h/i8.png"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5244488139894537442" style="FLOAT: left; MARGIN: 0px 10px 10px 0px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMgqLT8pvOI/AAAAAAAAARY/tezYJz_w1UU/s320/i8.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMgmtLybZnI/AAAAAAAAAQ4/jn9otlZuKhc/s1600-h/i6.png"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-1313226326377962816?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/1313226326377962816/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=1313226326377962816' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/1313226326377962816'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/1313226326377962816'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/replacing-logic-board-of-your-ipod.html' title='Replacing the Logic Board of your iPod'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMgimHtM7pI/AAAAAAAAAQQ/juwY6natkLY/s72-c/i1.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-1562250938979982767</id><published>2008-09-09T12:32:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-09T12:44:14.789-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Article / Review'/><title type='text'>My Ferrari 4000 Series Laptop</title><content type='html'>&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5244106972363136402" style="DISPLAY: block; MARGIN: 0px auto 10px; CURSOR: hand; TEXT-ALIGN: center" alt="" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMbPgcPanZI/AAAAAAAAAQI/gNmU5aNxHmw/s320/acer+ferrari+4000.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;a href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMbPaviq75I/AAAAAAAAAQA/MffRc8oXOI4/s1600-h/acer+ferrari+back.gif"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5244106874464956306" style="DISPLAY: block; MARGIN: 0px auto 10px; CURSOR: hand; TEXT-ALIGN: center" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMbPaviq75I/AAAAAAAAAQA/MffRc8oXOI4/s320/acer+ferrari+back.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Acer goes from the brilliant red design of the Acer Ferrari 3000 to a more conservative—but just as sleek—black checkered design. It retains some of the cool-looking red streaks along the side and front edge of the notebook, and yes, the yellow prancing horse emblem still graces the center of the notebook. The cover is made from carbon fiber, which is stronger and lighter than aluminum. (Acer uses it only in its Ferrari line.) The interior of the Ferrari 4000 has a rubberized coating, perhaps emulating the look of Formula One tires. The keyboard has an ergonomic smile contour to it, which is okay for typing but takes a few minutes to get used to. The only real design complaint we have is that the mouse buttons are a bit noisy when pressed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Though not as eye-popping as many of today's specially treated screens, such as the Editors' Choice-winning HP Pavilion dv4000's ($1429) BrightView screen, the Ferrari's 15.4-inch LCD is vivid enough for movie watching, even with the matte finish, thanks to its high resolution (1,680-by-1,050).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The 6.6-pound Ferrari 4000 comes with a good feature set, including four USB ports, a FireWire port, and a 5-in-1 card reader (MMC, MS, MS Pro, SD, XD). Video connections include both VGA and DVI-D ports. Built-in Bluetooth and Wi-Fi 802.11g are included, as is a dual-layer DVD±RW drive. The Toshiba Qosmio F25 ($1, 999) has a greater range of AV ports, including a TV tuner. The Ferrari 4000 also comes with an impressively large and fast 100GB hard drive (5,400 rpm). Many of today's notebook hard drives, like the 80GB drive (4,200 rpm) found in the HP dv4000, are smaller and slower.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With hardware like the 1.8-GHz Turion 64 ML-34 processor, double the memory (1GB DDR RAM), and a faster hard drive, the Ferrari 4000 edged out the HP dv4000 on our SYSmark 2004 tests. The Ferrari 4000's terrific graphics chipset trounced the dv4000's integrated Intel chipset and helped the system achieve impressive gaming results. Battery life reached 3 hours 43 minutes, thanks mostly to the 71-Wh battery.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Acer Ferrari 4000 has a great new look, and new hardware under the hood makes it purr. It's only a matter of time before Jeff Gordon and Danica Patrick get their hands on one.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Acer Inc.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;http://www.acer.com&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Type: Gaming, General Purpose, Media&lt;br /&gt;Operating System: MS Windows XP Professional&lt;br /&gt;Processor Name: Mobile AMD Turion 64 ML-34&lt;br /&gt;Processor Speed: 1.8 GHz&lt;br /&gt;RAM: 1 GB&lt;br /&gt;Weight: 6.6 lb&lt;br /&gt;Screen Size: 15.4 inches&lt;br /&gt;Screen Size Type: widescreen&lt;br /&gt;Graphics Card: ATI Radeon x700&lt;br /&gt;Storage Capacity: 100 GB&lt;br /&gt;Networking Options: 802.11g&lt;br /&gt;Primary Optical Drive: Dual-Layer DVD+/-RW&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-1562250938979982767?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/1562250938979982767/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=1562250938979982767' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/1562250938979982767'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/1562250938979982767'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/my-ferrari-4000-series-laptop.html' title='My Ferrari 4000 Series Laptop'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMbPgcPanZI/AAAAAAAAAQI/gNmU5aNxHmw/s72-c/acer+ferrari+4000.gif' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-5767852644288867174</id><published>2008-09-09T09:34:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-09T09:36:13.323-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='PC Tips'/><title type='text'>Keyboard shortcuts for Windows</title><content type='html'>Windows system key combinations&lt;br /&gt;• F1: Help &lt;br /&gt;• CTRL+ESC: Open Start menu &lt;br /&gt;• ALT+TAB: Switch between open programs &lt;br /&gt;• ALT+F4: Quit program &lt;br /&gt;• SHIFT+DELETE: Delete item permanently &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows program key combinations&lt;br /&gt;• CTRL+C: Copy &lt;br /&gt;• CTRL+X: Cut &lt;br /&gt;• CTRL+V: Paste &lt;br /&gt;• CTRL+Z: Undo &lt;br /&gt;• CTRL+B: Bold &lt;br /&gt;• CTRL+U: Underline &lt;br /&gt;• CTRL+I: Italic &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mouse click/keyboard modifier combinations for shell objects&lt;br /&gt;• SHIFT+right click: Displays a shortcut menu containing alternative commands &lt;br /&gt;• SHIFT+double click: Runs the alternate default command (the second item on the menu) &lt;br /&gt;• ALT+double click: Displays properties &lt;br /&gt;• SHIFT+DELETE: Deletes an item immediately without placing it in the Recycle Bin &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;General keyboard-only commands&lt;br /&gt;• F1: Starts Windows Help &lt;br /&gt;• F10: Activates menu bar options &lt;br /&gt;• SHIFT+F10 Opens a shortcut menu for the selected item (this is the same as right-clicking an object &lt;br /&gt;• CTRL+ESC: Opens the Start menu (use the ARROW keys to select an item) &lt;br /&gt;• CTRL+ESC or ESC: Selects the Start button (press TAB to select the taskbar, or press SHIFT+F10 for a context menu) &lt;br /&gt;• ALT+DOWN ARROW: Opens a drop-down list box &lt;br /&gt;• ALT+TAB: Switch to another running program (hold down the ALT key and then press the TAB key to view the task-switching window) &lt;br /&gt;• SHIFT: Press and hold down the SHIFT key while you insert a CD-ROM to bypass the automatic-run feature &lt;br /&gt;• ALT+SPACE: Displays the main window's System menu (from the System menu, you can restore, move, resize, minimize, maximize, or close the window) &lt;br /&gt;• ALT+- (ALT+hyphen): Displays the Multiple Document Interface (MDI) child window's System menu (from the MDI child window's System menu, you can restore, move, resize, minimize, maximize, or close the child window) &lt;br /&gt;• CTRL+TAB: Switch to the next child window of a Multiple Document Interface (MDI) program &lt;br /&gt;• ALT+underlined letter in menu: Opens the menu &lt;br /&gt;• ALT+F4: Closes the current window &lt;br /&gt;• CTRL+F4: Closes the current Multiple Document Interface (MDI) window &lt;br /&gt;• ALT+F6: Switch between multiple windows in the same program (for example, when the Notepad Find dialog box is displayed, ALT+F6 switches between the Find dialog box and the main Notepad window) &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Shell objects and general folder/Windows Explorer shortcuts&lt;br /&gt;For a selected object: • F2: Rename object &lt;br /&gt;• F3: Find all files &lt;br /&gt;• CTRL+X: Cut &lt;br /&gt;• CTRL+C: Copy &lt;br /&gt;• CTRL+V: Paste &lt;br /&gt;• SHIFT+DELETE: Delete selection immediately, without moving the item to the Recycle Bin &lt;br /&gt;• ALT+ENTER: Open the properties for the selected object &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To copy a file&lt;br /&gt;Press and hold down the CTRL key while you drag the file to another folder. &lt;br /&gt;To create a shortcut&lt;br /&gt;Press and hold down CTRL+SHIFT while you drag a file to the desktop or a folder. &lt;br /&gt;Back to the top&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;General folder/shortcut control&lt;br /&gt;• F4: Selects the Go To A Different Folder box and moves down the entries in the box (if the toolbar is active in Windows Explorer) &lt;br /&gt;• F5: Refreshes the current window. &lt;br /&gt;• F6: Moves among panes in Windows Explorer &lt;br /&gt;• CTRL+G: Opens the Go To Folder tool (in Windows 95 Windows Explorer only) &lt;br /&gt;• CTRL+Z: Undo the last command &lt;br /&gt;• CTRL+A: Select all the items in the current window &lt;br /&gt;• BACKSPACE: Switch to the parent folder &lt;br /&gt;• SHIFT+click+Close button: For folders, close the current folder plus all parent folders &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows Explorer tree control&lt;br /&gt;• Numeric Keypad *: Expands everything under the current selection &lt;br /&gt;• Numeric Keypad +: Expands the current selection &lt;br /&gt;• Numeric Keypad -: Collapses the current selection. &lt;br /&gt;• RIGHT ARROW: Expands the current selection if it is not expanded, otherwise goes to the first child &lt;br /&gt;• LEFT ARROW: Collapses the current selection if it is expanded, otherwise goes to the parent &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Properties control&lt;br /&gt;• CTRL+TAB/CTRL+SHIFT+TAB: Move through the property tabs &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Accessibility shortcuts&lt;br /&gt;• Press SHIFT five times: Toggles StickyKeys on and off &lt;br /&gt;• Press down and hold the right SHIFT key for eight seconds: Toggles FilterKeys on and off &lt;br /&gt;• Press down and hold the NUM LOCK key for five seconds: Toggles ToggleKeys on and off &lt;br /&gt;• Left ALT+left SHIFT+NUM LOCK: Toggles MouseKeys on and off &lt;br /&gt;• Left ALT+left SHIFT+PRINT SCREEN: Toggles high contrast on and off &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Microsoft Natural Keyboard keys&lt;br /&gt;• Windows Logo: Start menu &lt;br /&gt;• Windows Logo+R: Run dialog box &lt;br /&gt;• Windows Logo+M: Minimize all &lt;br /&gt;• SHIFT+Windows Logo+M: Undo minimize all &lt;br /&gt;• Windows Logo+F1: Help &lt;br /&gt;• Windows Logo+E: Windows Explorer &lt;br /&gt;• Windows Logo+F: Find files or folders &lt;br /&gt;• Windows Logo+D: Minimizes all open windows and displays the desktop &lt;br /&gt;• CTRL+Windows Logo+F: Find computer &lt;br /&gt;• CTRL+Windows Logo+TAB: Moves focus from Start, to the Quick Launch toolbar, to the system tray (use RIGHT ARROW or LEFT ARROW to move focus to items on the Quick Launch toolbar and the system tray) &lt;br /&gt;• Windows Logo+TAB: Cycle through taskbar buttons &lt;br /&gt;• Windows Logo+Break: System Properties dialog box &lt;br /&gt;• Application key: Displays a shortcut menu for the selected item &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Microsoft Natural Keyboard with IntelliType software installed&lt;br /&gt;• Windows Logo+L: Log off Windows &lt;br /&gt;• Windows Logo+P: Starts Print Manager &lt;br /&gt;• Windows Logo+C: Opens Control Panel &lt;br /&gt;• Windows Logo+V: Starts Clipboard &lt;br /&gt;• Windows Logo+K: Opens Keyboard Properties dialog box &lt;br /&gt;• Windows Logo+I: Opens Mouse Properties dialog box &lt;br /&gt;• Windows Logo+A: Starts Accessibility Options (if installed) &lt;br /&gt;• Windows Logo+SPACEBAR: Displays the list of Microsoft IntelliType shortcut keys &lt;br /&gt;• Windows Logo+S: Toggles CAPS LOCK on and off &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Dialog box keyboard commands&lt;br /&gt;• TAB: Move to the next control in the dialog box &lt;br /&gt;• SHIFT+TAB: Move to the previous control in the dialog box &lt;br /&gt;• SPACEBAR: If the current control is a button, this clicks the button. If the current control is a check box, this toggles the check box. If the current control is an option, this selects the option. &lt;br /&gt;• ENTER: Equivalent to clicking the selected button (the button with the outline) &lt;br /&gt;• ESC: Equivalent to clicking the Cancel button &lt;br /&gt;• ALT+underlined letter in dialog box item: Move to the corresponding item&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-5767852644288867174?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/5767852644288867174/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=5767852644288867174' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/5767852644288867174'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/5767852644288867174'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/keyboard-shortcuts-for-windows.html' title='Keyboard shortcuts for Windows'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-9052290618648319472</id><published>2008-09-09T08:46:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-09T08:47:27.496-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>How to use multiple iPods with one computer i</title><content type='html'>How to use multiple iPods with one computer &lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Summary&lt;br /&gt;Do you want to use more than one iPod with the same computer? You can! In fact there are a couple of different ways you can do it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Products Affected&lt;br /&gt;iPod, iTunes 7 for Windows, iTunes 7 for Mac, Windows&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Method One &lt;br /&gt;If you share your computer with other people, one solution is to maintain separate user accounts on the computer for each person. This is useful especially if each user has different tastes in music; users can maintain separate, personalized iTunes music libraries and can customize their iPods accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mac OS X users: &lt;br /&gt;See "Mac OS X: How to Share a Computer with Other Users" to learn how to set up additional user accounts.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows users: &lt;br /&gt;Look in your computer's Help documentation to learn how to set up additional user accounts. To locate this information, do the following:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click the Start Menu, and then click Help or Help and Support. &lt;br /&gt;Enter new user in the Search field. &lt;br /&gt;Press Return. &lt;br /&gt;If you create multiple user accounts on one computer but want the same music to be available in iTunes for all users, see "iTunes: How to share music between different accounts on a single computer."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Method Two &lt;br /&gt;You may use multiple iPods on a computer without the need to create multiple user accounts. To do this, you can set iTunes to update each iPod with only certain playlists. This method allows you to put all your music on, say, your iPod and keep your iPod shuffle updated with only your workout music. Here's how to do this with iTunes 7:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Create a new iTunes playlist for each iPod that contains all the music that you want to send to that particular iPod. Learn more about how to create playlists here. &lt;br /&gt;Learn how to Sync your iPod, read the iPod Tutorial Steps section. &lt;br /&gt;Note: iTunes for Windows does not support having multiple iPods connected simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Method Three &lt;br /&gt;Create a separate iTunes library for each iPod Note: It is important that you make a new iTunes Library file. Do not just make a copy of your existing iTunes Library file. If iTunes is open, quit it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mac users: Hold down the Option key while you open iTunes. &lt;br /&gt;Windows users: Hold down the Shift key while you open iTunes. &lt;br /&gt;In the dialog that appears, do the following: &lt;br /&gt;Click Create Library. &lt;br /&gt;Name and save the alternate library file. iTunes opens with your brand new library file. &lt;br /&gt;Open iTunes Preferences. &lt;br /&gt;Click the Advanced tab and then click the General tab. &lt;br /&gt;De-select Copy files to iTunes Music folder when adding to library checkbox if it is selected and click OK. This will prevent iTunes from creating duplicate copies of your existing media files in the new library folder. &lt;br /&gt;Add the specific media files you want on your iPod to iTunes either by dragging them into iTunes or using the Add to Library option in the File menu. &lt;br /&gt;Once you have the iTunes LIbrary just how you want it, connect and sync iPod. &lt;br /&gt;Once the sync is complete, quit iTunes. &lt;br /&gt;Mac users: Hold down the Option key while you open iTunes. &lt;br /&gt;Windows users: Hold down the Shift key while you open iTunes. &lt;br /&gt;Click Choose library. &lt;br /&gt;Choose your original iTunes Library and click Choose (Mac Users) or Open (Windows Users). You can now switch back and forth between the different libraries for different iPods. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;source : http://support.apple.com&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-9052290618648319472?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/9052290618648319472/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=9052290618648319472' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/9052290618648319472'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/9052290618648319472'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/how-to-use-multiple-ipods-with-one.html' title='How to use multiple iPods with one computer i'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-5425442598540061726</id><published>2008-09-09T07:55:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-09T07:58:25.263-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Check for Drive Compatibility</title><content type='html'>Of all the many hard drives on the market today, only a few models are iPodcompatible,&lt;br /&gt;while those that work in certain kind of iPods don’t work in others.&lt;br /&gt;You can divide iPod-compatible hard drives into two categories: OEM and&lt;br /&gt;non-OEM drives. OEM stands for Original Equipment Manufacturer. An OEM&lt;br /&gt;hard drive, then, is one of the actual hard drives that Apple buys wholesale&lt;br /&gt;and installs in the iPod at the factory. If you’re going to replace your iPod’s&lt;br /&gt;hard drive, you might as well use the same components that Apple does,&lt;br /&gt;maximizing compatibility and minimizing your headache.                             As you review your options, keep in mind&lt;br /&gt;that you don’t have to put in the exact same hard drive that you take out. Any&lt;br /&gt;OEM hard drive is as good as any other, just as long as it’s compatible with your&lt;br /&gt;generation of iPod.&lt;br /&gt;Non-OEM hard drives don’t come with any factory-made iPod, but they’re&lt;br /&gt;compatible with the iPod nevertheless. What makes non-OEM hard drives&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;CAPACITY AND TYPE BRAND MODEL NUMBER COMPATIBILITY&lt;br /&gt;4-gigabyte (GB) Microdrive Hitachi HMS360404D5CF00 First- and second-generation iPod mini&lt;br /&gt;Seagate ST640211CF&lt;br /&gt;6-GB Microdrive Hitachi HMS360606D5CF00 Released for the second-generation iPod mini, but also&lt;br /&gt;Seagate ST660211CF works in the first-generation iPod mini&lt;br /&gt;5-GB hard drive Toshiba MK5002MAL First- and second-generation iPods&lt;br /&gt;10-GB hard drive Toshiba MK1003GAL First-, second-, and third-generation iPods&lt;br /&gt;15-GB hard drive Toshiba MK1504GAL Released for the third-generation iPods, but also works in&lt;br /&gt;the fourth-generation monochrome iPod&lt;br /&gt;20-GB hard drive Toshiba MK2003GAH Second-generation iPod&lt;br /&gt;Toshiba MK2004GAL Third- and fourth-generation monochrome iPods, iPod&lt;br /&gt;photo (fourth-generation color iPod)&lt;br /&gt;Toshiba MK2006GAL Fourth-generation monochrome iPod, iPod photo&lt;br /&gt;(fourth-generation color iPod)&lt;br /&gt;30-GB hard drive Toshiba MK3006GAL Released for the iPod photo (fourth-generation&lt;br /&gt;color iPod), but also works in the fourth-generation&lt;br /&gt;monochrome iPod&lt;br /&gt;Toshiba MK3008GAL iPod video (fifth-generation iPod)&lt;br /&gt;40-GB hard drive Toshiba MK4004GAH Third- and fourth-generation monochrome iPods, iPod&lt;br /&gt;photo (fourth-generation color iPod)&lt;br /&gt;Toshiba MK4006GAH Fourth-generation monochrome iPod, iPod photo&lt;br /&gt;(fourth-generation color iPod)&lt;br /&gt;60-GB hard drive Toshiba MK6006GAH Released for the iPod photo, but also works with the&lt;br /&gt;fourth-generation monochrome iPod&lt;br /&gt;Toshiba MK6008GAH iPod video (fifth-generation iPod)&lt;br /&gt;80-GB hard drive Toshiba MK8010GAH iPod video (fifth-generation iPod)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;desirable is their greater storage capacity. For instance, you can get 8 GB of&lt;br /&gt;storage in an iPod mini by using a non-OEM hard drive, while you can bump&lt;br /&gt;up your fifth-generation iPod to 100 GB. (The highest from-the-factory ratings&lt;br /&gt;are 6 GB and 80 GB, respectively.) Some non-OEM hard drives are technically&lt;br /&gt;iPod-compatible, but they require hacks before they’re usable.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-5425442598540061726?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/5425442598540061726/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=5425442598540061726' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/5425442598540061726'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/5425442598540061726'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/check-for-drive-compatibility.html' title='Check for Drive Compatibility'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-1485363864110331116</id><published>2008-09-09T07:52:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-09T07:55:35.197-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Scan Your Hard Drive</title><content type='html'>Scanning your hard drive is, by far, the best way to tell if your iPod is&lt;br /&gt;experiencing hard drive issues. The scan should always be step one when&lt;br /&gt;you suspect that the hard drive is bad. Don’t go out and buy a replacement&lt;br /&gt;drive until you’ve completed the scan. It does you no good to pop in a new&lt;br /&gt;hard drive when the old one wasn’t the problem; imagine your surprise when&lt;br /&gt;the iPod has the same stupid issue after you go to the trouble of replacing the&lt;br /&gt;hard drive.&lt;br /&gt;To scan your hard drive:&lt;br /&gt;1. Put the iPod into diagnostic mode. See Chapter 2 for complete instructions.&lt;br /&gt;2. Use the Forward and Reverse buttons to navigate the menu choices until you get&lt;br /&gt;to HDD Scan.&lt;br /&gt;3. Press the Select button to start the scan.&lt;br /&gt;Make yourself comfortable, because this could take a while. A hard drive&lt;br /&gt;scan sets you back 15 minutes to an hour for most models. Occasionally, it&lt;br /&gt;takes longer.&lt;br /&gt;When the scan finishes, your iPod returns HDD Scan Pass or HDD Scan Fail.&lt;br /&gt;Failure indicates a bad hard drive, so go ahead and replace her. If the hard drive&lt;br /&gt;passes, you need to look elsewhere for the source of your problems. Your iPod’s&lt;br /&gt;logic board is the primary suspect now;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-1485363864110331116?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/1485363864110331116/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=1485363864110331116' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/1485363864110331116'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/1485363864110331116'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/scan-your-hard-drive.html' title='Scan Your Hard Drive'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-776667427818737562</id><published>2008-09-09T07:51:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-09T07:52:32.367-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Check the Sign ofof a bad Hardrive of your iPod</title><content type='html'>Hard drives go bad from wear and tear. The disks, or platters, inside a hard&lt;br /&gt;drive physically spin at an insane rate of speed, which is 3,600 times per minute&lt;br /&gt;on the slow side. Before you’ve used your iPod for five hours, the platters might&lt;br /&gt;have spun a million times. After about a year of regular use, they’ve spun a&lt;br /&gt;billion times. And that’s just with the slowpokes. Faster iPod hard drives spin&lt;br /&gt;4,200 times per minute, while computer hard drives can spin as fast as 7,200,&lt;br /&gt;10,000, or 15,000 times per minute.&lt;br /&gt;How do you know if your iPod’s hard drive is shot? If your iPod shows the sad&lt;br /&gt;iPod face, there’s a good chance that a bad hard drive is the cause. You should&lt;br /&gt;scan the hard drive to make sure.&lt;br /&gt;Occasionally, when you’re loading music to your iPod, it slows down or stops&lt;br /&gt;loading altogether. This might also indicate that your hard drive is bad, but scan&lt;br /&gt;the hard drive before you arrive at that conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;A less subjective way to tell if your hard drive is shot is to put your iPod up&lt;br /&gt;to your ear and listen to it. A bad hard drive often makes a lot of noise, from&lt;br /&gt;a rapid clicking to a kind of grinding. Sometimes this noise is really loud. If&lt;br /&gt;you’ve ever heard it, you know exactly what it sounds like. Marc will never&lt;br /&gt;forget that sound for as long as he lives, because it was the sound of his data&lt;br /&gt;going bye-bye. You know, the data that he didn’t adequately back up.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-776667427818737562?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/776667427818737562/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=776667427818737562' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/776667427818737562'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/776667427818737562'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/check-sign-ofof-bad-hardrive-of-your.html' title='Check the Sign ofof a bad Hardrive of your iPod'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-8776473982118485853</id><published>2008-09-09T05:30:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-09T05:33:29.659-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Article / Review'/><title type='text'>New iPods Coming Soon</title><content type='html'>&lt;a href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMZtBeL2osI/AAAAAAAAAP4/a2dByv1Q3QI/s1600-h/usb.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="float:right; margin:0 0 10px 10px;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMZtBeL2osI/AAAAAAAAAP4/a2dByv1Q3QI/s320/usb.jpg" border="0" alt=""id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5243998688169599682" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Is Digg.com founder and Diggnation star Kevin Rose abusing his Apple contacts? This past weekend Kevin blogged about some new stuff being released by Apple next month including new iPods and an iTunes update.&lt;br /&gt;According to Kevin, Apple will announce the following within the next few weeks:&lt;br /&gt;• the iPod nano will take on a slimmer, more rounded look &lt;br /&gt;• the iPod Touch will get an update with a new 2.1 operating system &lt;br /&gt;• Prices of the iPod line will drop to differentiate the product from the  iPhone &lt;br /&gt;• iTunes 8.0 will be a major new release with several additional features &lt;br /&gt;• Further out Apple is planning to add Blu-ray support to Mac OS X&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-8776473982118485853?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/8776473982118485853/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=8776473982118485853' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8776473982118485853'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8776473982118485853'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/new-ipods-coming-soon.html' title='New iPods Coming Soon'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMZtBeL2osI/AAAAAAAAAP4/a2dByv1Q3QI/s72-c/usb.jpg' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-5648859092802941528</id><published>2008-09-07T13:53:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-07T13:55:37.905-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Mobile / Cellphone Tips'/><title type='text'>Siemens Mobile Code</title><content type='html'>C25:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;SP unlock *#0003*(secret code 8 digits)#&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#0606# shows you Secret Code, but only without SIM Card.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#06# for checking the IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Resets language to automatic selection : * # 0000 # then Green button&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Pin Out (electrical connections)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1- GND&lt;br /&gt;2- SB&lt;br /&gt;3- POWER&lt;br /&gt;4- NC&lt;br /&gt;5- TX&lt;br /&gt;6- RX&lt;br /&gt;7- CLOCK&lt;br /&gt;8- DATA&lt;br /&gt;9- GND MIC&lt;br /&gt;10- HF MIC&lt;br /&gt;11- AUDIO&lt;br /&gt;12- GND AUDIO&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Languages:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#0000#+green phone - choose automaticaly&lt;br /&gt;*#0001#+green phone - English&lt;br /&gt;*#0030#+green phone - Greek&lt;br /&gt;*#0031#+green phone - Netherlands&lt;br /&gt;*#0032#+green phone - French&lt;br /&gt;*#0034#+green phone - Spanish&lt;br /&gt;*#0039#+green phone - Italian&lt;br /&gt;*#0049#+green phone - German&lt;br /&gt;*#0090#+green phone - Turkish&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to change PIN:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;**04*old PIN*new PIN*new PIN#&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to check simlock status&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#0606# and then press left soft-key, you will see strange characters, then text ("brak blokad"). If you see for example 260-02, it means the phone is locked to Era GSM. In older models you can use *#06# and see the same information after clicking on left key (you will see IMEI and software version).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;S4:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Monitor Mode - how to activate:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Press left soft-key, then 9 (SET UP) 8 (Phone Status). You will see IMEI number, then press left soft-key and in order 7684666 and red phone at the end (monitor mode has been activated). To read information from Monitor Mode - press left soft-key, then 5 (GSM SERVICE) and 6 (Monitor). Monitor mode turns off when you switch off the phone. You must activate it again if you want.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to see date of software:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Press left soft-key, then 9 (SET UP) 8 (Phone status). You will see IMEI number, then press twice left soft-key, 98, left soft-key, 7684666, red phone (activates Monitor Mode), left soft-key, 56 (turns on Monitor Mode), left soft-key, 98, left soft-key, 7684666, hang up (red phone) &gt;abck to "normal" and then left soft-key, 56.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;S6, S8:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you add to phonebook under 'own phone number' +12022243121 with namez (for example MMI), then you will see something smile.gif&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;S10, E10:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In phonebook enter +12022243121 as your own phone no. You will see a picture with sun, two palms and greetings.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;S15e:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Monitor Mode:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Code: *#7436267*8378# (*#SIEMENS*TEST#)&lt;br /&gt;Hold red phone button until it code disapears.&lt;br /&gt;Menu 3.3.4 Choose frequency.&lt;br /&gt;Menu 3.3.4.1 Automaticaly.&lt;br /&gt;Menu 3.3.4.2 Choose GSM-900&lt;br /&gt;Menu 3.3.4.3 Choose GSM-1800&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Menu 10.1 MS info&lt;br /&gt;Menu 10.2 Soft date&lt;br /&gt;Menu 10.2.1 Software version.&lt;br /&gt;Menu 10.2.2 EEProm version.&lt;br /&gt;Menu 10.3 Tst and product info.&lt;br /&gt;Menu 10.3.1 Handware data.&lt;br /&gt;Menu 10.3.2 Date of manufacture&lt;br /&gt;Menu 10.3.3 Service date&lt;br /&gt;Menu 10.3.4 Date of repair.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;S25:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Enhanced Full Rate&lt;br /&gt;*#3370# turns on&lt;br /&gt;#3370# turns off&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Haft Rate Mode&lt;br /&gt;*#4720# turns on&lt;br /&gt;#4720# turns off.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Languages:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#0000#+green phone - choose automaticaly&lt;br /&gt;*#0001#+green phone - English&lt;br /&gt;*#0030#+green phone - Greek&lt;br /&gt;*#0031#+green phone - Netherlands&lt;br /&gt;*#0032#+green phone - French&lt;br /&gt;*#0034#+green phone - Spanish&lt;br /&gt;*#0039#+green phone - Italian&lt;br /&gt;*#0049#+green phone - German&lt;br /&gt;*#0090#+green phone - Turkish&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to change PIN2?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;**04*old PIN2*new PIN2*new PIN2#&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What is my software version?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Menu 8-8-2 press left-softkey when you see IMEI number, or *#06# and then green phone button and then press left soft-key.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to extend battery life:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;IrDA - turn on only when you need.&lt;br /&gt;Turn off automatic network search (6-3)Turn off Vibration alarm.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;SP unlock *#0003*(secret code 8 digits)#&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#0606# shows you Secret Code, but only without SIM Card.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#06# for checking the IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Resets language to automatic selection : * # 0000 # then Green button&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;S25, M35, S35, C35&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;SP unlock *#0003*(secret code 8 digits)#&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#0606# shows you Secret Code, but only without SIM Card.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#06# for checking the IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Resets language to automatic selection : * # 0000 # then Green button&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-5648859092802941528?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/5648859092802941528/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=5648859092802941528' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/5648859092802941528'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/5648859092802941528'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/siemens-mobile-code_07.html' title='Siemens Mobile Code'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-3853447650487765406</id><published>2008-09-07T13:53:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-07T13:55:00.426-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Mobile / Cellphone Tips'/><title type='text'>Siemens Mobile Code</title><content type='html'>C25:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;SP unlock *#0003*(secret code 8 digits)#&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#0606# shows you Secret Code, but only without SIM Card.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#06# for checking the IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Resets language to automatic selection : * # 0000 # then Green button&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Pin Out (electrical connections)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1- GND&lt;br /&gt;2- SB&lt;br /&gt;3- POWER&lt;br /&gt;4- NC&lt;br /&gt;5- TX&lt;br /&gt;6- RX&lt;br /&gt;7- CLOCK&lt;br /&gt;8- DATA&lt;br /&gt;9- GND MIC&lt;br /&gt;10- HF MIC&lt;br /&gt;11- AUDIO&lt;br /&gt;12- GND AUDIO&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Languages:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#0000#+green phone - choose automaticaly&lt;br /&gt;*#0001#+green phone - English&lt;br /&gt;*#0030#+green phone - Greek&lt;br /&gt;*#0031#+green phone - Netherlands&lt;br /&gt;*#0032#+green phone - French&lt;br /&gt;*#0034#+green phone - Spanish&lt;br /&gt;*#0039#+green phone - Italian&lt;br /&gt;*#0049#+green phone - German&lt;br /&gt;*#0090#+green phone - Turkish&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to change PIN:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;**04*old PIN*new PIN*new PIN#&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to check simlock status&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#0606# and then press left soft-key, you will see strange characters, then text ("brak blokad"). If you see for example 260-02, it means the phone is locked to Era GSM. In older models you can use *#06# and see the same information after clicking on left key (you will see IMEI and software version).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;S4:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Monitor Mode - how to activate:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Press left soft-key, then 9 (SET UP) 8 (Phone Status). You will see IMEI number, then press left soft-key and in order 7684666 and red phone at the end (monitor mode has been activated). To read information from Monitor Mode - press left soft-key, then 5 (GSM SERVICE) and 6 (Monitor). Monitor mode turns off when you switch off the phone. You must activate it again if you want.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to see date of software:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Press left soft-key, then 9 (SET UP) 8 (Phone status). You will see IMEI number, then press twice left soft-key, 98, left soft-key, 7684666, red phone (activates Monitor Mode), left soft-key, 56 (turns on Monitor Mode), left soft-key, 98, left soft-key, 7684666, hang up (red phone) &gt;abck to "normal" and then left soft-key, 56.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;S6, S8:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you add to phonebook under 'own phone number' +12022243121 with namez (for example MMI), then you will see something smile.gif&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;S10, E10:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In phonebook enter +12022243121 as your own phone no. You will see a picture with sun, two palms and greetings.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;S15e:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Monitor Mode:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Code: *#7436267*8378# (*#SIEMENS*TEST#)&lt;br /&gt;Hold red phone button until it code disapears.&lt;br /&gt;Menu 3.3.4 Choose frequency.&lt;br /&gt;Menu 3.3.4.1 Automaticaly.&lt;br /&gt;Menu 3.3.4.2 Choose GSM-900&lt;br /&gt;Menu 3.3.4.3 Choose GSM-1800&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Menu 10.1 MS info&lt;br /&gt;Menu 10.2 Soft date&lt;br /&gt;Menu 10.2.1 Software version.&lt;br /&gt;Menu 10.2.2 EEProm version.&lt;br /&gt;Menu 10.3 Tst and product info.&lt;br /&gt;Menu 10.3.1 Handware data.&lt;br /&gt;Menu 10.3.2 Date of manufacture&lt;br /&gt;Menu 10.3.3 Service date&lt;br /&gt;Menu 10.3.4 Date of repair.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;S25:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Enhanced Full Rate&lt;br /&gt;*#3370# turns on&lt;br /&gt;#3370# turns off&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Haft Rate Mode&lt;br /&gt;*#4720# turns on&lt;br /&gt;#4720# turns off.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Languages:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#0000#+green phone - choose automaticaly&lt;br /&gt;*#0001#+green phone - English&lt;br /&gt;*#0030#+green phone - Greek&lt;br /&gt;*#0031#+green phone - Netherlands&lt;br /&gt;*#0032#+green phone - French&lt;br /&gt;*#0034#+green phone - Spanish&lt;br /&gt;*#0039#+green phone - Italian&lt;br /&gt;*#0049#+green phone - German&lt;br /&gt;*#0090#+green phone - Turkish&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to change PIN2?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;**04*old PIN2*new PIN2*new PIN2#&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What is my software version?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Menu 8-8-2 press left-softkey when you see IMEI number, or *#06# and then green phone button and then press left soft-key.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to extend battery life:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;IrDA - turn on only when you need.&lt;br /&gt;Turn off automatic network search (6-3)Turn off Vibration alarm.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;SP unlock *#0003*(secret code 8 digits)#&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#0606# shows you Secret Code, but only without SIM Card.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#06# for checking the IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Resets language to automatic selection : * # 0000 # then Green button&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;S25, M35, S35, C35&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;SP unlock *#0003*(secret code 8 digits)#&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#0606# shows you Secret Code, but only without SIM Card.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#06# for checking the IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Resets language to automatic selection : * # 0000 # then Green button&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-3853447650487765406?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/3853447650487765406/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=3853447650487765406' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/3853447650487765406'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/3853447650487765406'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/siemens-mobile-code.html' title='Siemens Mobile Code'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-3722327508298006660</id><published>2008-09-07T13:49:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-07T13:53:13.126-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Article / Review'/><title type='text'>8GB of Sterling Silver Flash</title><content type='html'>&lt;a href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMQ-4PKOaKI/AAAAAAAAAPw/e_5Oq1_akSo/s1600-h/090208a.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMQ-4PKOaKI/AAAAAAAAAPw/e_5Oq1_akSo/s320/090208a.jpg" border="0" alt=""id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5243385002029115554" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8GBs of Sterling Silver Flash&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;People get attached to their USB flash sticks.  They really do.  If you don’t use one or have a USB stick then you probably wouldn’t understand the statement.  Because of this personal attachment one has with their flash drive, we continually see high-dollar, high-end USB sticks which most deem ridiculous.  We call it passion.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-3722327508298006660?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/3722327508298006660/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=3722327508298006660' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/3722327508298006660'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/3722327508298006660'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/8gb-of-sterling-silver-flash.html' title='8GB of Sterling Silver Flash'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMQ-4PKOaKI/AAAAAAAAAPw/e_5Oq1_akSo/s72-c/090208a.jpg' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-5265762323239114455</id><published>2008-09-07T13:47:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-07T13:48:31.890-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Mobile / Cellphone Tips'/><title type='text'>Sony Ericson Mobile Code</title><content type='html'>T10&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#06# for checking the IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt;*&lt;&lt;*&lt;* for checking the firmware revision information (software release) &gt;*&lt;&lt;*&lt;*&gt;&gt; n-row text strings. if pressing yes you can check the phones text programming in currently selected language.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Shortcut for Last Dialed call menu&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you for some reason don't want to enter the 'Last Dialed calls menu' by using the 'YES' key you can use the following key&lt;br /&gt;stroke instead: First '0' then '#'.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Access menu without Sim card&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To access to the menu in your phone without having a card inside do the following: type **04*0000*0000*0000# When display say "Wrong Pin" press NO and you have access to the all menus: Info, Access, Settings, Calculator, Clock, Keylock On?, Mail, Phone book. NOTE if you try this on your phone may stop at Keylock On? menu and you´ll have to take your battery out to turn the phone on again. And this will not care about Phone lock!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A way to (un)lock your cell phone on to the network(subset):&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Press &lt;**&lt; style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Warning: The Service Provider (SP) Lock menu is used to lock the cell phone to the SP's SIM card. Once the cell phone is locked to a specific operator, if one inserts a SIM card from a different operator the phone will refuse to accept it! The cell phone will however accept another SIM card from the same operator. To activate/deactivate this lock one needs a special secret code that is not available to the end user. Your phone can be locked to a service provider FOREVER by doing this! If an invalid code is entered all five times, the menu will exit and be deactivated! Any further attempt to activate the NCK/NSCK lock Menu will result in the response "Not allowed"! However the NCK/NSCK lock can be recover through a direct clearing in the EEPROM.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Message Report&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When you writing a message, place at the start of it the code *0# and continue with your message. It's job is like nokias report. It gives you information about the sended message.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;T18&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#06# for checking the IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity) Information you get from the IMEI:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;XXXXXX XX XXXXXX X&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;TAC FAC SNR SP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;TAC = Type approval code&lt;br /&gt;FAC = Final assembly code&lt;br /&gt;SNR = Serial number&lt;br /&gt;SP = Spare&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To access SIM-Locking menu of your phone, press: &lt; * [CLR] &lt; style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Message Report&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When you writing a message, place at the start of it the code *0# and continue with your message. It's job is like nokias report. It gives you information about the sended message.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;T28&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#06# for checking the IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt;*&lt;&lt;*&lt;* for checking the firmware revision information (software release) &gt;*&lt;&lt;*&lt;*&gt; 1-row text strings. if pressing yes you can check the phones text programming in currently selected language.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt;*&lt;&lt;*&lt;*&gt;&gt; n-row text strings. if pressing yes you can check the phones text programming in currently selected language.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Service Provider (SP) Lock&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Service Provider (SP) Lock menu is used to lock the cell phone to the SP's SIM card. Once the cell phone is locked to a specific operator, if one inserts a SIM card from a different operator the phone will refuse to accept it! The cell phone will however accept another SIM card from the same operator.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To activate/deactivate this lock one needs a special secret code that is not available to the end user.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here is how to activate the menu:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;**&lt; style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Shortcut for Last Dialed call menu&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you for some reason don't want to enter the 'Last Dialed calls menu' by using the 'YES' key you can use the following key&lt;br /&gt;stroke instead: First '0' then '#'.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Message Report&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When you are writing a message, place at the start of it the code *0# and continue with your message. It's job is like nokias report. It gives you information about the sended message.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;388&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#06# for checking the IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#0000# to reset the phones menu-language to English.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt;*&lt;&lt;*&lt;* for checking the firmware revision information (software release) &gt;*&lt;&lt;*&lt;*&gt; 1-row text strings. if pressing yes you can check the phones text programming in currently selected language.(298 entries)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt;*&lt;&lt;*&lt;*&gt;&gt; n-row text strings. if pressing yes you can check the phones text programming in currently selected language.(160 entries?)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Service Provider (SP) Lock menu is used to lock the cell phone to the SP's SIM card. Once the cell phone is locked to a specific operator, if one inserts a SIM card from a different operator the phone will refuse to accept it! The cell phone will however accept another SIM card from the same operator.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To activate/deactivate this lock one needs a special secret code that is not available to the end user. (not even to you... or is it ? in case please let me know!)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;**&lt; style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Shortcut for Last Dialed call menu...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you for some reason don't want to enter the 'Last Dialed calls menu' by using the 'YES' key you can use the following key&lt;br /&gt;stroke instead: First '0' then '#'.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Access menu without Sim card ...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To access to the menu in your phone without having a card inside do the following: type **04*0000*0000*0000# When display say "Wrong Pin" press NO and you have access to the all menus: Info, Access, Settings, Calculator, Clock, Keylock On?,Mail, Phone book. NOTE if you try this on the GH688 your phone may stop at Keylock On? menu and you´ll have to take your battery out to turn the phone on again.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;GA628&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#06# for checking the IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#0000# to reset the phones menu-language to English.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#103# then YES Time and date will be shown.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt;*&lt;&lt;*&lt;* for checking the firmware revision information (software release) &gt;*&lt;&lt;*&lt;*&gt; 1-row text strings. if pressing yes you can check the phones text programming in currently selected language.(298 entries)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt;*&lt;&lt;*&lt;*&gt;&gt; n-row text strings. if pressing yes you can check the phones text programming in currently selected language.(160 entries?)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Service Provider (SP) Lock&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Service Provider (SP) Lock menu is used to lock the cell phone to the SP's SIM card. Once the cell phone is locked to a specific operator, if one inserts a SIM card from a different operator the phone will refuse to accept it! The cell phone will however accept another SIM card from the same operator.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To activate/deactivate this lock one needs a special secret code that is not available to the end user.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here is how to activate the menu:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;**&lt; style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Shortcut for Last Dialed call menu&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you for some reason don't want to enter the 'Last Dialed calls menu' by using the 'YES' key you can use the following key&lt;br /&gt;stroke instead: First '0' then '#'.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bat. level indicator when turned OFF&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When the phone is turned off and the phone is not changing - the bat. level can be seen for a short period of time by pressing the 'NO' key quick once (it has to be quick!) and then wait for about 2 sec. The bat. level will now be shown in the display at its normal position.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Access menu without Sim card&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To access to the menu in your phone without having a card inside do the following: type **04*0000*0000*0000# When display say "Wrong Pin" press NO and you have access to the all menus: Info, Access, Settings, Calculator, Clock, Keylock On?,Mail, Phone book. NOTE if you try this on your phone may stop at Keylock On? menu and you´ll have to take your battery out to turn the phone on again.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Alarm Clock Menu&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Go to MissedCall Empty the list Press the -&gt; key for a second or two The option Menu size turns up Choose 'yes' and go from there.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;An alarm clock turned up too but it never rang. I think this was because there is no clock in the phone.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Free phone calls using the GA628&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This trick has only been reported working on PREPAID GSM CARDS and in some countries and with some sw versions.&lt;br /&gt;The prepaid GSM SIM CARD is a kind of "SIM card" which only has a sertant amount of credit on it (like a normal phonebox telecard)... if it can be traced? - we don't know...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Well..here's the trick you dial the no. normally and press YES. While "connecting" is shown on the screen, the following procedure should be carried out: Press CLR then 0 then # and then NO (twice) so as to switch OFF the phone. You can then still speak on the phone while it is switched off but the SIM card does not record your calls which will lead to FREE phone calls in some countries.. we hope!!&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-5265762323239114455?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/5265762323239114455/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=5265762323239114455' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/5265762323239114455'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/5265762323239114455'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/sony-ericson-mobile-code.html' title='Sony Ericson Mobile Code'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-2097813588386888803</id><published>2008-09-07T13:43:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-07T13:46:05.735-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Mobile / Cellphone Tips'/><title type='text'>Nokia Mobile Code</title><content type='html'>1610/1630&lt;br /&gt;*#170602112302# (software version)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1610/1611&lt;br /&gt;IMEI number: -*# 0 6 #Software version: -* # 1 7 0 6 0 2 1 1 2 3 9 2 #Simlock status: - # 9 2 7 0 2 6 8 9 #&lt;br /&gt;2110&lt;br /&gt;*#9999# (software version)&lt;br /&gt;2110i/2110e&lt;br /&gt;*#170602112302# or (depends on model)*#682371158412125# (software version)&lt;br /&gt;NOKIA3110&lt;br /&gt;*#06# -IMEI&lt;br /&gt;*#3110# -Software version&lt;br /&gt;##002# - allows to turn off voice mail.&lt;br /&gt;*#7780# - restore factory settings&lt;br /&gt;*#746025625#(or *#sim0clock#) - to check if clock of sim (SIM-Clock) can be stopped (SIM-Clock-stop is akind of standby mode which saces battery)&lt;br /&gt;*#92702689# (or *#war0anty#) -"warranty code:"- you have to enter one of the following codes:&lt;br /&gt;6232 (OK)displays month and year of production date (ie "0198")&lt;br /&gt;7332 (OK) - displays date of last repair - if there is (ie. "DATE NOT SAVED")&lt;br /&gt;7832 (OK) - displays date of purchase - if there is (ie. "DATE NOT SAVED")&lt;br /&gt;9268 (OK) -displays serial number&lt;br /&gt;37832 (OK) -sets purchase date in format MMYY (MM - month, YY - year)- attention: you can set it only once, so beware !&lt;br /&gt;87267 (OK)-displays message "Confirm Transfer?" - meaning is unknown (?)&lt;br /&gt;* # 9 2 7 0 2 6 8 9 # -Simlock info&lt;br /&gt;*#31# (call) -sets if your phone no. will be hidden or not (works only in some networks)&lt;br /&gt;*#76# (call) -sets if target phone number when you call should be displayed (works only in some networks)&lt;br /&gt;*#77# (call) -(work s only in some networks)&lt;br /&gt;*#33/35# (call -displays message "Service not active".&lt;br /&gt;**31# (call) -your no. will not be showed to others when you make a call&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3210 &lt;br /&gt;*#06# -IMEI&lt;br /&gt;*#0000# -software version&lt;br /&gt;*#92702689# (or *#war0anty#)- enters service mode.&lt;br /&gt;*3370# -Turns on sound encoding system - Enhanced Full Rate.&lt;br /&gt;#3370# -Turns off sound encoding system Enhanced Full Rate .&lt;br /&gt;*4720# -Turns on battery save mode - saves about 30 % of energy.&lt;br /&gt;#4720# -Turns off battery save mode.&lt;br /&gt;xx# -Replace xx with desired phonebook entry - press # and you will see it on display.&lt;br /&gt;51XX&lt;br /&gt;*#06# -IMEI&lt;br /&gt;*#0000# - Software version&lt;br /&gt;*#92702689#( or *#war0anty#) Enter service mode.&lt;br /&gt;*3370# -Turns on sound encoding system - Enhanced Full Rate.&lt;br /&gt;#3370# -Turns off sound encoding system - Enhanced Full Rate.&lt;br /&gt;*4720# -Turns on battery save mode - saves about 30 % of energy.&lt;br /&gt;#4720# -Turns off battery save mode.&lt;br /&gt;#pw+1234567890+1 -provider lock status&lt;br /&gt;#pw+1234567890+2 -Network lock status&lt;br /&gt;#pw+1234567890+3 -Provider lock status&lt;br /&gt;#pw+1234567890+4 - SimCard lock status&lt;br /&gt;NOKIA 61XX&lt;br /&gt;*#06# -IMEI&lt;br /&gt;*#0000# ;-*#99 99# (Nokia 6130)&lt;br /&gt;*#92702689# (or *#war0anty#) Software versionEnter service mode.&lt;br /&gt;*3370# -Turns on sound encoding system - Enhanced Full Rate.&lt;br /&gt;#3370# -Turns off sound encoding system - Enhanced Full Rate.&lt;br /&gt;*4720# -Turns on battery save mode - saves about 30 % of energy.&lt;br /&gt;#4720# -Turns off battery save mode.&lt;br /&gt;NOKIA8810&lt;br /&gt;*#06# - IMEI&lt;br /&gt;*#0000# -Software version&lt;br /&gt;*#92702689# (or *#war0anty#) Enter service mode.&lt;br /&gt;*3370# -Turns on sound encoding system - Enhanced Full Rate.&lt;br /&gt;#3370# -Turns off sound encoding system - Enhanced Full Rate.&lt;br /&gt;*4720# -Turns on battery save mode - saves about 30 % of energy&lt;br /&gt;#4720# -Turns off battery save mode - saves about 30 % of energy&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;NOKIA99OO &lt;br /&gt;*#06# -IMEI&lt;br /&gt;*#682371158412125# -Software version&lt;br /&gt;*#3283# -Displays week and year of manufacture, ie. 1497 means 14th week of 1997.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;NOKIA 911O&lt;br /&gt;*#06# IMEI&lt;br /&gt;*#0000# SOFTWARE VERSION&lt;br /&gt;*3370# Turns on sound encoding system - Enhanced Full Rate.&lt;br /&gt;#3370# Turns off sound encoding system - Enhanced Full Rate.&lt;br /&gt;*4720# Turns on battery save mode - saves about 30 % of energy.&lt;br /&gt;#4720# Turns off battery save mode.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;NOKIA 81XX &lt;br /&gt;*#06# IMEI*#8110# Software versionxx# Replace xx with desired phonebook entry - press # and you will see it on display&lt;br /&gt;*#92702689# (or *#warOanty#)&lt;br /&gt;"Warranty code:" - you have to enter one of the following codes:&lt;br /&gt;9268 (OK) displays IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identification)&lt;br /&gt;6232 (OK) displays date of manufacture in format MMYY (MM - month, RR - year)&lt;br /&gt;7832 (OK) displays date of purchase&lt;br /&gt;7332 (OK) displays date of repair or upgrade&lt;br /&gt;37832 (OK) sets date of purchase in format MMYY (MM - month, RR - year) - attention: you can set it only once, so beware !!!&lt;br /&gt;87267 (OK) transmits user data/move data do service PC&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-2097813588386888803?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/2097813588386888803/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=2097813588386888803' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/2097813588386888803'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/2097813588386888803'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/nokia-mobile-code.html' title='Nokia Mobile Code'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-661928378331152611</id><published>2008-09-07T13:41:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-07T13:42:42.595-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Mobile / Cellphone Tips'/><title type='text'>Motoroal Mobile Code</title><content type='html'>Motorola Codes:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Motorola 920&lt;br /&gt;---------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Press menu and type one of these numbers and press OK:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11 = Status Review&lt;br /&gt;13 = Available Networks&lt;br /&gt;14 = Preferred Networks&lt;br /&gt;22 = Select Keypad Tones&lt;br /&gt;25 = Require SIM Card PIN&lt;br /&gt;26 = Language Selection&lt;br /&gt;32 = Repetitive Timer&lt;br /&gt;33 = Single Alert Timer&lt;br /&gt;34 = Set IN-Call Display&lt;br /&gt;35 = Show Call Timers&lt;br /&gt;36 = Show Call Charges&lt;br /&gt;37 = Call Charge Settings&lt;br /&gt;38 = Reset All Timers&lt;br /&gt;43 = Reset All Timers&lt;br /&gt;45 = Show Last Call&lt;br /&gt;46 = Total For All Calls&lt;br /&gt;47 = Lifetime Timer&lt;br /&gt;51 = Change Unlock Code&lt;br /&gt;52 = Master Reset&lt;br /&gt;53 = Master Clear (Warning!! May result in deleting the Message Editor!!!)&lt;br /&gt;54 = New Security Code&lt;br /&gt;55 = Automatic Lock&lt;br /&gt;63 = Battery Saving Mode&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Free call tip&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1 Enter the phone number&lt;br /&gt;2 Enter OK&lt;br /&gt;3 Type *#06#&lt;br /&gt;4 Press Button C&lt;br /&gt;5 And finally press the button for power off.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You should now be able to talk without being billed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The 54# Tip:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Type 1#, 2#........54# on the keypad (when you're not in the menu) to get the phone number used for with this key when speed dialing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Motorola 930&lt;br /&gt;--------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Press menu and type one of these numbers and press OK:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11 = Status Review&lt;br /&gt;13 = Available Networks&lt;br /&gt;14 = Preferred Networks&lt;br /&gt;22 = Select Keypad Tones&lt;br /&gt;25 = Require SIM Card PIN&lt;br /&gt;26 = Language Selection&lt;br /&gt;32 = Repetitive Timer&lt;br /&gt;33 = Single Alert Timer&lt;br /&gt;34 = Set IN-Call Display&lt;br /&gt;35 = Show Call Timers&lt;br /&gt;36 = Show Call Charges&lt;br /&gt;37 = Call Charge Settings&lt;br /&gt;38 = Reset All Timers&lt;br /&gt;43 = Reset All Timers&lt;br /&gt;45 = Show Last Call&lt;br /&gt;46 = Total For All Calls&lt;br /&gt;47 = Lifetime Timer&lt;br /&gt;51 = Change Unlock Code&lt;br /&gt;52 = Master Reset&lt;br /&gt;53 = Master Clear (Warning!! May result in deleting the Message Editor!!!)&lt;br /&gt;54 = New Security Code&lt;br /&gt;55 = Automatic Lock&lt;br /&gt;63 = Battery Saving Mode&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Free call tip&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1 Enter the phone number&lt;br /&gt;2 Enter OK&lt;br /&gt;3 Type *#06#&lt;br /&gt;4 Press Button C&lt;br /&gt;5 And finally press the button for power off.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You should now be able to talk without being billed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Motorola 930&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The 54# Tip:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Type 1#, 2#........54# on the keypad (when you're not in the menu) to get the phone number used for with this key when speed dialing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Motorola 6200&lt;br /&gt;--------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(Note: pause means the * key held in until box appears)&lt;br /&gt;To activate RBS type: [pause] [pause] [pause] 1 1 3&lt;br /&gt;[pause] 1 [pause] [ok]&lt;br /&gt;You now have to press the [MENU] and scroll to the 'Eng&lt;br /&gt;Field Options' function with the keys, and enable it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;De-activate RBS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To de-activate RBS type: [pause] [pause] [pause] 1 1 3&lt;br /&gt;[pause] 0 [pause] [ok]&lt;br /&gt;This only works with some versions of software.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These countries has been reported working:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;UK (Orange)&lt;br /&gt;AU&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What's the use of RBS:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Get Distance From Base Station - Place a call, when it&lt;br /&gt;is answered, press [MENU] until 'Eng Field Option' is&lt;br /&gt;displayed, press [OK], select 'Active Cell', press [OK],&lt;br /&gt;press [MENU] until 'Time Adv xxx' appears, where xxx is&lt;br /&gt;a number. Multiply this number by 550, and the result is&lt;br /&gt;the distance from the RBS (Radio Base Station), in&lt;br /&gt;meters.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Get Signal Quality - press [MENU] until 'Eng Field&lt;br /&gt;Option' is displayed, press [OK], select 'Active Cell',&lt;br /&gt;press [OK], press [MENU] until 'C1' appears. This is the&lt;br /&gt;signal quality. If it becomes negative for longer than 5&lt;br /&gt;seconds, a new cell is selected.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Pin Outs&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Numbered left to right, keypad up, battery down&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Audio Ground&lt;br /&gt;2. V+&lt;br /&gt;3. True data (TD) (input)&lt;br /&gt;4. Downlink - Complimentary data (CD) (input)&lt;br /&gt;5. Uplink - Return data (RD) (output)&lt;br /&gt;6. GND&lt;br /&gt;7. Audio Out - on/off&lt;br /&gt;8. Audio In&lt;br /&gt;9. Manual Test - ???&lt;br /&gt;10. Battery Feedback&lt;br /&gt;11. Antenna connector&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Motorola 7500&lt;br /&gt;-------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(Note: pause means the * key held in until box appears)&lt;br /&gt;To activate RBS type: [pause] [pause] [pause] 1 1 3&lt;br /&gt;[pause] 1 [pause] [ok]&lt;br /&gt;You now have to press the [MENU] and scroll to the 'Eng&lt;br /&gt;Field Options' function with the keys, and enable it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;De-activate RBS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To de-activate RBS type: [pause] [pause] [pause] 1 1 3&lt;br /&gt;[pause] 0 [pause] [ok]&lt;br /&gt;This only works with some versions of software.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;IT (model: F16 HW: 5.2 SW: 2.1)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What's the use of RBS:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Get Distance From Base Station - Place a call, when it&lt;br /&gt;is answered, press [MENU] until 'Eng Field Option' is&lt;br /&gt;displayed, press [OK], select 'Active Cell', press [OK],&lt;br /&gt;press [MENU] until 'Time Adv xxx' appears, where xxx is&lt;br /&gt;a number. Multiply this number by 550, and the result is&lt;br /&gt;the distance from the RBS (Radio Base Station), in&lt;br /&gt;meters.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Get Signal Quality - press [MENU] until 'Eng Field&lt;br /&gt;Option' is displayed, press [OK], select 'Active Cell',&lt;br /&gt;press [OK], press [MENU] until 'C1' appears. This is the&lt;br /&gt;signal quality. If it becomes negative for longer than 5&lt;br /&gt;seconds, a new cell is selected.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Pin Outs&lt;br /&gt;Numbered right to left, keypad up, battery down looking&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Gnd&lt;br /&gt;2. Pos&lt;br /&gt;3. True data (TD) (input)&lt;br /&gt;4. Complimentary data (CD) (input)&lt;br /&gt;5. Return data (RD) (output)&lt;br /&gt;6. Audio gnd&lt;br /&gt;7. Audio out&lt;br /&gt;8. Audioin&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Motorola 8200&lt;br /&gt;--------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(Note: pause means the * key held in until box appears)&lt;br /&gt;To activate RBS type: [pause] [pause] [pause] 1 1 3&lt;br /&gt;[pause] 1 [pause] [ok]&lt;br /&gt;You now have to press the [MENU] and scroll to the 'Eng&lt;br /&gt;Field Options' function with the keys, and enable it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;De-activate RBS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To de-activate RBS type: [pause] [pause] [pause] 1 1 3&lt;br /&gt;[pause] 0 [pause] [ok]&lt;br /&gt;This only works with some versions of software.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These countries has been reported working:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ES, AU, NL, BE&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What's the use of RBS:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Get Distance From Base Station - Place a call, when it&lt;br /&gt;is answered, press [MENU] until 'Eng Field Option' is&lt;br /&gt;displayed, press [OK], select 'Active Cell', press [OK],&lt;br /&gt;press [MENU] until 'Time Adv xxx' appears, where xxx is&lt;br /&gt;a number. Multiply this number by 550, and the result is&lt;br /&gt;the distance from the RBS (Radio Base Station), in&lt;br /&gt;meters.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Get Signal Quality - press [MENU] until 'Eng Field&lt;br /&gt;Option' is displayed, press [OK], select 'Active Cell',&lt;br /&gt;press [OK], press [MENU] until 'C1' appears. This is the&lt;br /&gt;signal quality. If it becomes negative for longer than 5&lt;br /&gt;seconds, a new cell is selected.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Pin Outs&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Numbered right to left, keypad up, battery down looking&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Audio Ground&lt;br /&gt;2. V+&lt;br /&gt;3. True data (TD) (input)&lt;br /&gt;4. Downlink - Complimentary data (CD) (input)&lt;br /&gt;5. Uplink - Return data (RD) (output)&lt;br /&gt;6. GND&lt;br /&gt;7. Audio Out - on/off&lt;br /&gt;8. Audio In&lt;br /&gt;9. Manual Test - ???&lt;br /&gt;10. Battery Feedback&lt;br /&gt;11. Antenna connector&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Motorola 8400&lt;br /&gt;-------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(Note: pause means the * key held in until box appears)&lt;br /&gt;To activate RBS type: [pause] [pause] [pause] 1 1 3&lt;br /&gt;[pause] 1 [pause] [ok]&lt;br /&gt;You now have to press the [MENU] and scroll to the 'Eng&lt;br /&gt;Field Options' function with the keys, and enable it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;De-activate RBS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To de-activate RBS type: [pause] [pause] [pause] 1 1 3&lt;br /&gt;[pause] 0 [pause] [ok]&lt;br /&gt;This only works with some versions of software.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These countries has been reported working:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ES, AU, NL, BE&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What's the use of RBS:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Get Distance From Base Station - Place a call, when it&lt;br /&gt;is answered, press [MENU] until 'Eng Field Option' is&lt;br /&gt;displayed, press [OK], select 'Active Cell', press [OK],&lt;br /&gt;press [MENU] until 'Time Adv xxx' appears, where xxx is&lt;br /&gt;a number. Multiply this number by 550, and the result is&lt;br /&gt;the distance from the RBS (Radio Base Station), in&lt;br /&gt;meters.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Get Signal Quality - press [MENU] until 'Eng Field&lt;br /&gt;Option' is displayed, press [OK], select 'Active Cell',&lt;br /&gt;press [OK], press [MENU] until 'C1' appears. This is the&lt;br /&gt;signal quality. If it becomes negative for longer than 5&lt;br /&gt;seconds, a new cell is selected.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Pin Outs&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Numbered right to left, keypad up, battery down looking&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Audio Ground&lt;br /&gt;2. V+&lt;br /&gt;3. True data (TD) (input)&lt;br /&gt;4. Downlink - Complimentary data (CD) (input)&lt;br /&gt;5. Uplink - Return data (RD) (output)&lt;br /&gt;6. GND&lt;br /&gt;7. Audio Out - on/off&lt;br /&gt;8. Audio In&lt;br /&gt;9. Manual Test - ???&lt;br /&gt;10. Battery Feedback&lt;br /&gt;11. Antenna connector&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Motorola 8700&lt;br /&gt;--------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#06# for checking the IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Activate RBS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(Note: pause means the * key held in until box appears)&lt;br /&gt;To activate RBS type: [pause] [pause] [pause] 1 1 3&lt;br /&gt;[pause] 1 [pause] [ok]&lt;br /&gt;You now have to press the [MENU] and scroll to the 'Eng&lt;br /&gt;Field Options' function with the keys, and enable it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;De-activate RBS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To de-activate RBS type: [pause] [pause] [pause] 1 1 3&lt;br /&gt;[pause] 0 [pause] [ok]&lt;br /&gt;This only works with some versions of software.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These countries has been reported working:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;AU, IT, SG, DE, ES, ZA&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What's the use of RBS:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Get Distance From Base Station - Place a call, when it&lt;br /&gt;is answered, press [MENU] until 'Eng Field Option' is&lt;br /&gt;displayed, press [OK], select 'Active Cell', press [OK],&lt;br /&gt;press [MENU] until 'Time Adv xxx' appears, where xxx is&lt;br /&gt;a number. Multiply this number by 550, and the result is&lt;br /&gt;the distance from the RBS (Radio Base Station), in&lt;br /&gt;meters.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Get Signal Quality - press [MENU] until 'Eng Field&lt;br /&gt;Option' is displayed, press [OK], select 'Active Cell',&lt;br /&gt;press [OK], press [MENU] until 'C1' appears. This is the&lt;br /&gt;signal quality. If it becomes negative for longer than 5&lt;br /&gt;seconds, a new cell is selected.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Motorola CD 160&lt;br /&gt;---------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Press menu and type one of these numbers and press OK:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11 = Status Review&lt;br /&gt;13 = Available Networks&lt;br /&gt;14 = Preferred Networks&lt;br /&gt;22 = Select Keypad Tones&lt;br /&gt;25 = Require SIM Card PIN&lt;br /&gt;26 = Language Selection&lt;br /&gt;32 = Repetitive Timer&lt;br /&gt;33 = Single Alert Timer&lt;br /&gt;34 = Set IN-Call Display&lt;br /&gt;35 = Show Call Timers&lt;br /&gt;36 = Show Call Charges&lt;br /&gt;37 = Call Charge Settings&lt;br /&gt;38 = Reset All Timers&lt;br /&gt;43 = Reset All Timers&lt;br /&gt;45 = Show Last Call&lt;br /&gt;46 = Total For All Calls&lt;br /&gt;47 = Lifetime Timer&lt;br /&gt;51 = Change Unlock Code&lt;br /&gt;52 = Master Reset&lt;br /&gt;53 = Master Clear (Warning!! May result in deleting the Message Editor!!!)&lt;br /&gt;54 = New Security Code&lt;br /&gt;55 = Automatic Lock&lt;br /&gt;63 = Battery Saving Mode&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Free call tip&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1 Enter the phone number&lt;br /&gt;2 Enter OK&lt;br /&gt;3 Type *#06#&lt;br /&gt;4 Press Button C&lt;br /&gt;5 And finally press the button for power off.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You should now be able to talk without being billed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Motorola CD 520&lt;br /&gt;----------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Press menu and type one of these numbers and press OK:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11 = Status Review&lt;br /&gt;13 = Available Networks&lt;br /&gt;14 = Preferred Networks&lt;br /&gt;22 = Select Keypad Tones&lt;br /&gt;25 = Require SIM Card PIN&lt;br /&gt;26 = Language Selection&lt;br /&gt;32 = Repetitive Timer&lt;br /&gt;33 = Single Alert Timer&lt;br /&gt;34 = Set IN-Call Display&lt;br /&gt;35 = Show Call Timers&lt;br /&gt;36 = Show Call Charges&lt;br /&gt;37 = Call Charge Settings&lt;br /&gt;38 = Reset All Timers&lt;br /&gt;43 = Reset All Timers&lt;br /&gt;45 = Show Last Call&lt;br /&gt;46 = Total For All Calls&lt;br /&gt;47 = Lifetime Timer&lt;br /&gt;51 = Change Unlock Code&lt;br /&gt;52 = Master Reset&lt;br /&gt;53 = Master Clear (Warning!! May result in deleting the Message Editor!!!)&lt;br /&gt;54 = New Security Code&lt;br /&gt;55 = Automatic Lock&lt;br /&gt;63 = Battery Saving Mode&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Free call tip&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1 Enter the phone number&lt;br /&gt;2 Enter OK&lt;br /&gt;3 Type *#06#&lt;br /&gt;4 Press Button C&lt;br /&gt;5 And finally press the button for power off.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You should now be able to talk without being billed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Motorola d460&lt;br /&gt;--------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;#06# for checking the IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Activate RBS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(Note: pause means the * key held in until box appears)&lt;br /&gt;To activate RBS type: [pause] [pause] [pause] 1 1 3&lt;br /&gt;[pause] 1 [pause] [ok]&lt;br /&gt;You now have to press the [MENU] and scroll to the 'Eng&lt;br /&gt;Field Options' function with the keys, and enable it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;De-activate RBS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To de-activate RBS type: [pause] [pause] [pause] 1 1 3&lt;br /&gt;[pause] 0 [pause] [ok]&lt;br /&gt;This only works with some versions of software.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What's the use of RBS:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Get Distance From Base Station - Place a call, when it&lt;br /&gt;is answered, press [MENU] until 'Eng Field Option' is&lt;br /&gt;displayed, press [OK], select 'Active Cell', press [OK],&lt;br /&gt;press [MENU] until 'Time Adv xxx' appears, where xxx is&lt;br /&gt;a number. Multiply this number by 550, and the result is&lt;br /&gt;the distance from the RBS (Radio Base Station), in&lt;br /&gt;meters.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Get Signal Quality - press [MENU] until 'Eng Field&lt;br /&gt;Option' is displayed, press [OK], select 'Active Cell',&lt;br /&gt;press [OK], press [MENU] until 'C1' appears. This is the&lt;br /&gt;signal quality. If it becomes negative for longer than 5&lt;br /&gt;seconds, a new cell is selected.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-661928378331152611?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/661928378331152611/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=661928378331152611' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/661928378331152611'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/661928378331152611'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/motoroal-mobile-code.html' title='Motoroal Mobile Code'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-213515193175269316</id><published>2008-09-07T09:15:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-07T09:18:32.783-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='PC Tips'/><title type='text'>How to creat banner URL ?</title><content type='html'>creat banner for  web page so when people see it they can just click on it and it will take you right in your web page.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://yourwebpageaddress" title="visit my page!" target=_blank&gt;&lt;img src="http://yourhost/yourimage.gif"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-213515193175269316?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/213515193175269316/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=213515193175269316' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/213515193175269316'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/213515193175269316'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/how-to-creat-banner-url.html' title='How to creat banner URL ?'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-3728705223051850963</id><published>2008-09-07T07:47:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-07T07:57:47.060-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Freeware application'/><title type='text'>Google  Chrome</title><content type='html'>&lt;strong&gt;Google has released the beta version of a new browser, Chrome. In its comic-book pre-announcement, Google stated correctly that watching videos, chatting, and even playing Web-based games didn't exist when browsers were first invented. Google wants the browser to help users focus on the applications and pages they are viewing, rather than on browser toolbars and buttons. Google has rethought the Internet browser — some of its basic underpinnings are quite novel — but users will recognise some features as they exist in other, open-source browsers on the market today.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;At the moment, only the Windows version of Chrome is available for download. Plans call for Mac OS X and Linux versions in the near future. That said, Google has released Chrome in 43 languages and in 122 countries.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Download Link : http://www.google.com/chrome&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-3728705223051850963?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/3728705223051850963/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=3728705223051850963' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/3728705223051850963'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/3728705223051850963'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/google-chrome.html' title='Google  Chrome'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-3186934837657219528</id><published>2008-09-07T03:26:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-07T04:07:58.233-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>ReplacingiPod  broken screen</title><content type='html'>Obviously, the&lt;br /&gt;screen on his laser video was working just fine. Hopefully, you&lt;br /&gt;can say the same for the screen on your iPod, but if you can’t,&lt;br /&gt;this chapter is for you. In it, we show you how to remove your&lt;br /&gt;iPod’s broken liquid crystal display (LCD) and install a brandnew one.&lt;br /&gt;Check the Signs of a Bad Screen&lt;br /&gt;A bad screen is fairly easy to diagnose. When you turn on your iPod, you see&lt;br /&gt;what looks like an inkblot in the display. Sometimes it seems to be a large crack&lt;br /&gt;or a flood of ink, while other times it looks more like a little sliver.&lt;br /&gt;Either way, your LCD needs to be replaced. You don’t break open the screen&lt;br /&gt;itself and try to clean up the spilled ink. You just pop out the old screen and&lt;br /&gt;install a new one.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMOu2OdfebI/AAAAAAAAAOk/yEAoARRh97E/s1600-h/s1.png"&gt;&lt;img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMOu2OdfebI/AAAAAAAAAOk/yEAoARRh97E/s320/s1.png" border="0" alt=""id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5243226637807352242" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Replace the Screen in&lt;br /&gt;a First-Generation iPod&lt;br /&gt;To replace the screen in a first-generation&lt;br /&gt;iPod:&lt;br /&gt;1. Open the iPod according to the instructions&lt;br /&gt;2. Pull the battery from the back of the hard&lt;br /&gt;drive. There is adhesive&lt;br /&gt;holding it down.&lt;br /&gt;3. Unplug the battery from the logic board.&lt;br /&gt;4. Carefully slide the hard drive from the orange&lt;br /&gt;hard drive connector.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMOvxPckuOI/AAAAAAAAAOs/-KxTfxuQrfk/s1600-h/s2.png"&gt;&lt;img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMOvxPckuOI/AAAAAAAAAOs/-KxTfxuQrfk/s320/s2.png" border="0" alt=""id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5243227651684219106" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMOwHt67UaI/AAAAAAAAAO0/VfCN3ixqP9Q/s1600-h/s3.png"&gt;&lt;img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMOwHt67UaI/AAAAAAAAAO0/VfCN3ixqP9Q/s320/s3.png" border="0" alt=""id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5243228037821714850" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. Pull the hard drive from the iPod&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMOxGTlkRRI/AAAAAAAAAPE/Z9jQnj7Wj7k/s1600-h/s4.png"&gt;&lt;img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMOxGTlkRRI/AAAAAAAAAPE/Z9jQnj7Wj7k/s320/s4.png" border="0" alt=""id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5243229113084560658" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. Find the four T6 Torx screws in the logic board. A large piece of rubber covers one of&lt;br /&gt;them; remove the rubber to expose the fourth screw&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMOwqbfp55I/AAAAAAAAAO8/bJ1FoWD_cTA/s1600-h/s5.png"&gt;&lt;img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMOwqbfp55I/AAAAAAAAAO8/bJ1FoWD_cTA/s320/s5.png" border="0" alt=""id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5243228634170910610" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. With your T6 Torx screwdriver, remove all four screws&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMOyD0NRltI/AAAAAAAAAPM/eZQeA5JyVAs/s1600-h/s6.png"&gt;&lt;img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMOyD0NRltI/AAAAAAAAAPM/eZQeA5JyVAs/s320/s6.png" border="0" alt=""id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5243230169813063378" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMOzeqxJHYI/AAAAAAAAAPU/On0GdWDAa-s/s1600-h/s7.png"&gt;&lt;img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMOzeqxJHYI/AAAAAAAAAPU/On0GdWDAa-s/s320/s7.png" border="0" alt=""id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5243231730647244162" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. Remove the logic board from the bottom of the iPod (see Figure 5-7).&lt;br /&gt;9. The screen has four white clips: two on each side of the logic board. These clips hold&lt;br /&gt;the screen in place. Disconnect them&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMOz8jMk6SI/AAAAAAAAAPc/PPvBF04bEdw/s1600-h/s8.png"&gt;&lt;img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMOz8jMk6SI/AAAAAAAAAPc/PPvBF04bEdw/s320/s8.png" border="0" alt=""id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5243232244010903842" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. Find the connector for the screen underneath the scroll wheel. Carefully unplug this&lt;br /&gt;connector with your iPod-opening tool or small flat-headed screwdriver&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMO0U33hkEI/AAAAAAAAAPk/uE-0EgOa2F8/s1600-h/s9.png"&gt;&lt;img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMO0U33hkEI/AAAAAAAAAPk/uE-0EgOa2F8/s320/s9.png" border="0" alt=""id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5243232661876609090" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. Connect the new screen to the logic board.&lt;br /&gt;12. Connect the four white clips, and make sure they’re holding the screen in place.&lt;br /&gt;13. Screw in all four T6 Torx screws to the logic board.&lt;br /&gt;14. Slide the hard drive back into the hard drive connector.&lt;br /&gt;15. Plug the battery back into the logic board.&lt;br /&gt;16. Put the iPod back together.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-3186934837657219528?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/3186934837657219528/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=3186934837657219528' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/3186934837657219528'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/3186934837657219528'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/replacingipod-broken-screen.html' title='ReplacingiPod  broken screen'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMOu2OdfebI/AAAAAAAAAOk/yEAoARRh97E/s72-c/s1.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-8783947887778792822</id><published>2008-09-07T02:57:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-07T03:17:52.300-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Replace Battery of Your First-Generation iPod Nano</title><content type='html'>The iPod nano is super-small, which makes replacing its battery something&lt;br /&gt;of a test for the non-repair professional—not only because of the size, but also&lt;br /&gt;because you need to solder the battery to the logic board (see Table 4-3). If you&lt;br /&gt;don’t have access to a soldering iron, or if the idea of soldering your iPod nano&lt;br /&gt;doesn’t exactly fill you with confidence, you might be better off leaving this one&lt;br /&gt;to the pros.In this section, we give step-by-step instructions for replacing the battery in&lt;br /&gt;your first-generation iPod nano. We don’t even touch replacing the battery in&lt;br /&gt;the second-generation nano, because the steps are too hard for a non-pro,&lt;br /&gt;and if you make a mistake, you can easily do permanent damage to your iPod.&lt;br /&gt;Also, don’t try to use the procedure for the first-generation nano for replacing&lt;br /&gt;the battery in a second-generation nano, because the steps aren’t the same.&lt;br /&gt;Find yourself an iPod repair service instead.&lt;br /&gt;To replace the battery in a first-generation iPod nano:&lt;br /&gt;1. Open your iPod nano according to the instructions in Chapter 3.&lt;br /&gt;2. Locate the battery (see Figure 4-29). It’s soldered to the logic board.&lt;br /&gt;3. Carefully remove the battery from the logic board (see Figure 4-30). You will need to&lt;br /&gt;pull the wires off.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMOolTG1VNI/AAAAAAAAAOM/SBzthn4wrPg/s1600-h/b1.png"&gt;&lt;img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMOolTG1VNI/AAAAAAAAAOM/SBzthn4wrPg/s320/b1.png" border="0" alt=""id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5243219749926950098" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. With your soldering iron, solder the new battery onto the logic board.&lt;br /&gt;5. Put the iPod nano back together.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMOpMb7YxMI/AAAAAAAAAOU/XX5M37AL9QA/s1600-h/b2.png"&gt;&lt;img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMOpMb7YxMI/AAAAAAAAAOU/XX5M37AL9QA/s320/b2.png" border="0" alt=""id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5243220422309758146" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMOpkFA50DI/AAAAAAAAAOc/7JCbNg_bYHA/s1600-h/b3.png"&gt;&lt;img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMOpkFA50DI/AAAAAAAAAOc/7JCbNg_bYHA/s320/b3.png" border="0" alt=""id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5243220828475740210" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Still No Power? Try These Fixes&lt;br /&gt;Always install a new battery first to resolve any iPod power issues. If the new&lt;br /&gt;battery doesn’t seem to do the trick, then you might try the following:&lt;br /&gt;• Double-check all the connections for the new battery. Sometimes a wire can come&lt;br /&gt;loose, or it might be pinched. If so, your iPod might not be able to power on.&lt;br /&gt;• If all the connections are good, try charging your iPod overnight through the wall charger.&lt;br /&gt;• If that doesn’t work, try a new charger.&lt;br /&gt;• If that doesn’t work, try restoring your iPod with the latest iPod software through&lt;br /&gt;iTunes. &lt;br /&gt;If you’ve tried all these suggestions and you are still experiencing power&lt;br /&gt;problems—your iPod isn’t holding a good charge, or your iPod isn’t powering&lt;br /&gt;on even when you plug it into a charger—then most likely a bad logic board is&lt;br /&gt;the culprit. See Chapter 9 for how to replace it.&lt;br /&gt;If the battery icon goes away but you start getting different icons or warning message.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-8783947887778792822?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/8783947887778792822/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=8783947887778792822' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8783947887778792822'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8783947887778792822'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/replace-battery-of-your-first.html' title='Replace Battery of Your First-Generation iPod Nano'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMOolTG1VNI/AAAAAAAAAOM/SBzthn4wrPg/s72-c/b1.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-645057182780823898</id><published>2008-09-05T22:43:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-05T22:50:40.692-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='PSP Tips'/><title type='text'>Accessing Intant Messanger in Your PSP</title><content type='html'>Sites Optimized for Mobile Devices&lt;br /&gt;Many Web sites have versions of their content optimized for mobile devices. These optimized&lt;br /&gt;pages lack the extranneous graphics and scripts and just show the images and text you need,&lt;br /&gt;ideal for a device like the PSP, which doesn’t have a lot of RAM or screen real estate to display&lt;br /&gt;all the images, ads, and so forth on pages. If you can find a mobile version of the site you want&lt;br /&gt;to browse, use it—you’ll find browsing the site is much more responsive, and you’ll spend less&lt;br /&gt;of your PSP’s processor and battery life rendering pages because you can leave the wireless&lt;br /&gt;power-saving option on.&lt;br /&gt;AOL Instant Messenger&lt;br /&gt;Even thought America Online is not likely to release a PSP Instant Messenger version of AOL&lt;br /&gt;soon, you don’t have to be without your buddy list. Using your PSP’s Web browser you can log&lt;br /&gt;on to WebAIM at www.webaim.net, type your username and password, and access your&lt;br /&gt;buddy list, send and receive instant messages, and more &lt;br /&gt;in action in a regular PC browser).WebAIM even has a login page made especially for PSPs,&lt;br /&gt;with an on-screen keyboard to save you time entering your username and password—just head&lt;br /&gt;over to http://dev.webaim.net/psplogin.jsp.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMIZIPCAZ4I/AAAAAAAAAN8/zKvns6yy_t4/s1600-h/wl3.png"&gt;&lt;img style="float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMIZIPCAZ4I/AAAAAAAAAN8/zKvns6yy_t4/s320/wl3.png" border="0" alt=""id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242780545477273474" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WebAIM in action in Firefox&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WebAIM in action on my PSP using Sony’s Web browser, which is enabled&lt;br /&gt;in the Firmware 2.0 update. Of course, you can still use the Wipeout Pure Web browser hack&lt;br /&gt;from Chapter 6, “The Web on Your PSP,” so you don’t have to upgrade to Firmware 2.0 and&lt;br /&gt;lose the ability to program your PSP and run homebrew applications.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMIZhHqD2AI/AAAAAAAAAOE/bD8SDU8uXTI/s1600-h/w4.png"&gt;&lt;img style="float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMIZhHqD2AI/AAAAAAAAAOE/bD8SDU8uXTI/s320/w4.png" border="0" alt=""id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242780972994516994" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WebAIM in action on the PSP&lt;br /&gt;WebAIM’s free servers are often pretty crowded, so getting one can take a while. I opted to pay&lt;br /&gt;for their premium service, which guarantees me access any time of the day, for around $4 per&lt;br /&gt;month or a scant $17 for six months.&lt;br /&gt;Accessing Most of the Messenger Services for Free&lt;br /&gt;Instead of using WebAIM, you can also use the free service Meebo, available&lt;br /&gt;www.meebo.com. Meebo lets you access your AOL Instant Messenger (AIM), MSN&lt;br /&gt;Messenger, Yahoo Messenger, and Jabber (Google Talk uses Jabber) accounts from a single&lt;br /&gt;interface.Try it out on your PSP.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-645057182780823898?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/645057182780823898/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=645057182780823898' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/645057182780823898'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/645057182780823898'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/accessing-intant-messanger-in-your-psp.html' title='Accessing Intant Messanger in Your PSP'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMIZIPCAZ4I/AAAAAAAAAN8/zKvns6yy_t4/s72-c/wl3.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-1751715844507390378</id><published>2008-09-05T06:48:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-05T06:49:19.520-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Mobile / Cellphone Tips'/><title type='text'>convert standard N70 to N70 music edition</title><content type='html'>Requirements:&lt;br /&gt;*USB provided with your phone&lt;br /&gt;*NSShttp://www.b-phreaks.co.uk/software.htm&lt;br /&gt;*Nokia Software Updaterhttp://www.nokia.co.uk/A4176089&lt;br /&gt;*Latest Firmware available for ur phonehttp://www.nokia.co.uk/A4305060&lt;br /&gt;NOW WE CAN BEGIN:&lt;br /&gt;Install NSS&lt;br /&gt;Install NSU&lt;br /&gt;Connect your phone and wait for Windows to install the drivers.&lt;br /&gt;Open NSS and click on “Scan for new device” on the right-upper part of the window&lt;br /&gt;Click on the icon « Phone info »&lt;br /&gt;Click on “Scan”&lt;br /&gt;Now you can change the Std n70 code to ME code(provided below) product code (on the right of the « phone info » window of NSS). And then mark the case “Enable”.&lt;br /&gt;Now press “Write”, and your phone’s product code will be changed (you might think that nothing happened, because the phone is still in normal mode, and the changing of the product code only takes a couple of seconds, but don’t worry, the product code changed !).&lt;br /&gt;Close NSS and you can proceed now with the NSU flashing.&lt;br /&gt;When the flashing with NSU is over, start-up your phone and you’ll have the pleasant surprise that your phone’s firmware is the latest Nokia branded firmware in date!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;NOTE: I advise you to disable any antivirus and firewall on your PC during the flashing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;N70 RM-84 Music Edition:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;0536418 Euro-1 / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539211 France / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539212 ALPS / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539213 Euro-2 / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539214 Turkey / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539216 South Africa / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539218 Scandinavia / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539221 Baltian / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539222 Russian / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539224 Ukraine / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539226 CIS, Bulgaria / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539229 Hun, Czech, Slov / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539232 Balkans / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539233 Greece/Cyprus / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539237 Lebanon / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539240 GULF / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539242 Israel / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539243 Romania / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;޲ 27-Mar N70 Music Edition RM-84 APAC codes&lt;br /&gt;============&lt;br /&gt;0539266 Apac1&lt;br /&gt;0539272 Philippines&lt;br /&gt;0539273 Australia&lt;br /&gt;0539353 New Zealand&lt;br /&gt;0539275 Indonesia&lt;br /&gt;0539276 India, Vietnam&lt;br /&gt;0539270 Thailand&lt;br /&gt;-------------------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;N70 STANDARD RM-84 APAC codes&lt;br /&gt;============&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;0524113 Taiwan / Stainless Silver &amp; Black&lt;br /&gt;0524114 Taiwan / Ivory Pearl and Aubergine&lt;br /&gt;0524115 Hong Kong / Ivory Pearl and Aubergine&lt;br /&gt;0524116 Hong Kong / Stainless Silver &amp; Black&lt;br /&gt;0524117 APAC1 / Ivory Pearl and Aubergine&lt;br /&gt;0524118 APAC1 / Stainless Silver &amp; Black&lt;br /&gt;0524119 Philippines / Ivory Pearl and Aubergine&lt;br /&gt;0524120 Philippines / Stainless Silver &amp; Black&lt;br /&gt;0524122 Australia, New Zealand / Stainless Silver &amp; Black&lt;br /&gt;0524123 Australia, New Zealand / Ivory Pearl and Aubergine&lt;br /&gt;0524124 Thailand / Ivory Pearl and Aubergine&lt;br /&gt;0524125 Thailand / Stainless Silver &amp; Black&lt;br /&gt;0524126 Indonesia / Ivory Pearl and Aubergine&lt;br /&gt;0524127 Indonesia / Stainless Silver &amp; Black&lt;br /&gt;0524128 India, Vietnam / Ivory Pearl and Aubergine&lt;br /&gt;0524129 India, Vietnam / Stainless Silver &amp; Black&lt;br /&gt;0534652 India, Vietnam / Black and Stainless Silver - refresh&lt;br /&gt;0534654 Indonesia / Black and Stainless Silver - refresh&lt;br /&gt;0534677 Thailand / Black and Stainless Silver - refresh&lt;br /&gt;0534678 Philippines / Black and Stainless Silver - refresh&lt;br /&gt;0534687 Apac-1 / Black and Stainless Silver - refresh&lt;br /&gt;0534699 Australia, New Zealand / Black and Stainless Silver - refresh&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-1751715844507390378?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/1751715844507390378/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=1751715844507390378' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/1751715844507390378'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/1751715844507390378'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/convert-standard-n70-to-n70-music_05.html' title='convert standard N70 to N70 music edition'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-8854251811021463767</id><published>2008-09-05T06:45:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-05T06:46:48.450-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Mobile / Cellphone Tips'/><title type='text'>Nokia Phone - Lock Reset</title><content type='html'>THE NOKIA PHONE-LOCK RESET &lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Q. What is a Phone Lock?&lt;br /&gt;Answer: From Nokia's webpage:&lt;br /&gt;"The Phone Lock prevents your phone data from being accessed if Your phone is stolen.&lt;br /&gt;"The lock code is a number that prevents unauthorized persons from Using your phone. These control codes are for your protection."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What is THE-NOKIA-UNLOCK:&lt;br /&gt;The program exploits a design flaw in the nokia mobile phones to remove The Phone Lock protection. The program was tested on Nokia 6630 and Nokia 6680. The program&lt;br /&gt;Should work on any other Symbian based mobile phones (including Sony Ericson and all modern nokia phones and many others). This tool does not remove the sim-lock.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to use:&lt;br /&gt;You need two mobile phones.&lt;br /&gt;1) Do _not_ turn off the mobile phone!&lt;br /&gt;2) Remove the Memory Card (MMC) from the locked phone and put it into a second mobile. Install FExplorer on the second mobile phone. Create the directory E:\System\Recogs and copy the-nokia-unlock.mdl into this directory.&lt;br /&gt;3) Remove the Memory Card and place it into the locked phone. The THE-NOKIA-UNLOCK program should start after 120 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;4) Remove the battery. Remove the MMC. Put the battery back and restart. The Phone Lock has been reset to "12345".&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Why does this work?&lt;br /&gt;The Phone Lock disables the key pad, Bluetooth and the USB port. This makes it impossible to access the data stored on the device without knowing the correct code. Nevertheless the MMC is not disabled. Nokia's OS has a lot of undocumented features. One of them are 'recognizer' that can be used to execute a program when the phone boots. A recognizer is loaded and executed when a drive is mounted. The MMC is mounted when it is placed into the mobile phone _even_ when the phone is locked.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;THE-NOKIA-UNLOCK is a recognizer that implementes yet another undocumented feature to perform a hard reset (by software) on the phone.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-8854251811021463767?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/8854251811021463767/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=8854251811021463767' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8854251811021463767'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8854251811021463767'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/nokia-phone-lock-reset.html' title='Nokia Phone - Lock Reset'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-2430943996722445247</id><published>2008-09-05T06:44:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-05T06:45:10.891-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Mobile / Cellphone Tips'/><title type='text'>Convert Standard N70 to N70 music edition</title><content type='html'>Real and Working Convert Your Std n70 To Music Edition&lt;br /&gt;Try it in your Own Risk!!&lt;br /&gt;This tutorial will tech you to convert ur standard n70 music edition to music edition or even music edition to standard edition.&lt;br /&gt;Requirements:&lt;br /&gt;*USB provided with your phone&lt;br /&gt;*NSShttp://www.b-phreaks.co.uk/software.htm&lt;br /&gt;*Nokia Software Updaterhttp://www.nokia.co.uk/A4176089&lt;br /&gt;*Latest Firmware available for ur phonehttp://www.nokia.co.uk/A4305060&lt;br /&gt;NOW WE CAN BEGIN:&lt;br /&gt;Install NSS&lt;br /&gt;Install NSU&lt;br /&gt;Connect your phone and wait for Windows to install the drivers.&lt;br /&gt;Open NSS and click on “Scan for new device” on the right-upper part of the window&lt;br /&gt;Click on the icon « Phone info »&lt;br /&gt;Click on “Scan”&lt;br /&gt;Now you can change the Std n70 code to ME code(provided below) product code (on the right of the « phone info » window of NSS). And then mark the case “Enable”.&lt;br /&gt;Now press “Write”, and your phone’s product code will be changed (you might think that nothing happened, because the phone is still in normal mode, and the changing of the product code only takes a couple of seconds, but don’t worry, the product code changed !).&lt;br /&gt;Close NSS and you can proceed now with the NSU flashing.&lt;br /&gt;When the flashing with NSU is over, start-up your phone and you’ll have the pleasant surprise that your phone’s firmware is the latest Nokia branded firmware in date!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;NOTE: I advise you to disable any antivirus and firewall on your PC during the flashing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;N70 RM-84 Music Edition:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;0536418 Euro-1 / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539211 France / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539212 ALPS / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539213 Euro-2 / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539214 Turkey / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539216 South Africa / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539218 Scandinavia / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539221 Baltian / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539222 Russian / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539224 Ukraine / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539226 CIS, Bulgaria / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539229 Hun, Czech, Slov / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539232 Balkans / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539233 Greece/Cyprus / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539237 Lebanon / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539240 GULF / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539242 Israel / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;0539243 Romania / Music edition&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;? 27-Mar N70 Music Edition RM-84 APAC codes&lt;br /&gt;============&lt;br /&gt;0539266 Apac1&lt;br /&gt;0539272 Philippines&lt;br /&gt;0539273 Australia&lt;br /&gt;0539353 New Zealand&lt;br /&gt;0539275 Indonesia&lt;br /&gt;0539276 India, Vietnam&lt;br /&gt;0539270 Thailand&lt;br /&gt;-------------------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;N70 STANDARD RM-84 APAC codes&lt;br /&gt;============&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;0524113 Taiwan / Stainless Silver &amp; Black&lt;br /&gt;0524114 Taiwan / Ivory Pearl and Aubergine&lt;br /&gt;0524115 Hong Kong / Ivory Pearl and Aubergine&lt;br /&gt;0524116 Hong Kong / Stainless Silver &amp; Black&lt;br /&gt;0524117 APAC1 / Ivory Pearl and Aubergine&lt;br /&gt;0524118 APAC1 / Stainless Silver &amp; Black&lt;br /&gt;0524119 Philippines / Ivory Pearl and Aubergine&lt;br /&gt;0524120 Philippines / Stainless Silver &amp; Black&lt;br /&gt;0524122 Australia, New Zealand / Stainless Silver &amp; Black&lt;br /&gt;0524123 Australia, New Zealand / Ivory Pearl and Aubergine&lt;br /&gt;0524124 Thailand / Ivory Pearl and Aubergine&lt;br /&gt;0524125 Thailand / Stainless Silver &amp; Black&lt;br /&gt;0524126 Indonesia / Ivory Pearl and Aubergine&lt;br /&gt;0524127 Indonesia / Stainless Silver &amp; Black&lt;br /&gt;0524128 India, Vietnam / Ivory Pearl and Aubergine&lt;br /&gt;0524129 India, Vietnam / Stainless Silver &amp; Black&lt;br /&gt;0534652 India, Vietnam / Black and Stainless Silver - refresh&lt;br /&gt;0534654 Indonesia / Black and Stainless Silver - refresh&lt;br /&gt;0534677 Thailand / Black and Stainless Silver - refresh&lt;br /&gt;0534678 Philippines / Black and Stainless Silver - refresh&lt;br /&gt;0534687 Apac-1 / Black and Stainless Silver - refresh&lt;br /&gt;0534699 Australia, New Zealand / Black and Stainless Silver - refresh&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-2430943996722445247?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/2430943996722445247/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=2430943996722445247' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/2430943996722445247'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/2430943996722445247'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/convert-standard-n70-to-n70-music.html' title='Convert Standard N70 to N70 music edition'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-1755184089666531106</id><published>2008-09-05T06:41:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-05T06:42:44.865-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Mobile / Cellphone Tips'/><title type='text'>Internet Over Blue tooth in Mobile</title><content type='html'>Internet Over Bluetooth &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Finally after lot of R&amp;D, yesterday i could finally browse the net over my 6600 using my PC’s internet connection over bluetooth !&lt;br /&gt;Two things are possible.&lt;br /&gt;1. You use the GPRS of your Mobile phone and browse on your PC.&lt;br /&gt;2. You use the DSL (or other high speed connection) of your PC to browse on your Mobile phone.&lt;br /&gt;#1 is pretty simple, and is very easy to setup on Nokia 6600. But #2 is not that simple. After reading lot of forums, i found that Nokia has on purpose blocked this feature in 6600.&lt;br /&gt;If you have already done a search on this topic, you would have definitely come across this page. But the instructions there are quite cryptic, and not very clear. So, i did lot of search on various forums, and finally got it right. What i have done is, i have basically documented the steps that i followed to make it work. Do give it a try!. It might work for you as well. If it works (or doesn’t) do comment here!&lt;br /&gt;Steps…&lt;br /&gt;First lets set up the PC. Things to do on PC :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Deactivate all the Checkboxes in mRouter (at least the ones of the Bluetooth COM ports)&lt;br /&gt;2. Goto Bluetooth settings and Deactivate everything else in Local services than Bluetooth serial port, note the com port you set as bluetooth serial port&lt;br /&gt;3. Goto Phone and Modem options, go to “Modems” add a new one, activate “I will select it from a list”&lt;br /&gt;4. Choose “Communications cable between 2 Computers” from the list (in Standard Modem Types)&lt;br /&gt;5. Select the COM port from step3&lt;br /&gt;6. In the modem settings set maximum port speed to 115200&lt;br /&gt;7. Goto Network Connections and create a new connection (wizard)&lt;br /&gt;8. Select Set up an advanced connection -&gt; Next&lt;br /&gt;9. Accept incoming connections -&gt; Next&lt;br /&gt;10. Check the Communications cable between two computers -&gt; Next&lt;br /&gt;11. Do not allow VPN connections -&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. select a username you want to give access to your pc over Bluetooth (that’s the username you will set on the phone later) -&gt; Next&lt;br /&gt;13. Select Internet Protocol -&gt; Properties, select “TCI/IP address assignment” and set the IP range to something like 10.0.2.2-10.0.2.254&lt;br /&gt;14. Remove Internet Connection Sharing from all interfaces&lt;br /&gt;15. run cmd.exe and enter the following commands:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;netsh routing ip nat install&lt;br /&gt;netsh routing ip nat add interface "YOUR LAN INTERFACE NAME" full&lt;br /&gt;netsh routing ip nat add interface Internal private&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;YOUR LAN INTERFACE NAME has to be replaced with the name of the interface connected to the internet&lt;br /&gt;16. if there is a “Bluetooth Network” connection in Network Connections delete it&lt;br /&gt;17. In network connections choose the incoming connection just created, and open its properties.&lt;br /&gt;18. Click on the users tab, check the last checkbox which says “Always allow directly connected devices to such as palmtop computers to connect without using a password” (this step helped me!)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So, that’s the setup on the PC. Next we need to configure the 6600&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Download gnubox6600.SIS and install it on your phone. Search Google for GnuBox&lt;br /&gt;2. Create a new Access Point on the phone (Setting|Connection|Access points|New access point|Use default settings).&lt;br /&gt;3. Use the following settings for it:&lt;br /&gt;* Name: Bt (This name is important, the gnubox software will look for it, since its hard-coded in the code)&lt;br /&gt;* Data Bearer: High speed (GSM)&lt;br /&gt;* Dial-up number: e.g. 2222. It doesn’t matter what you have here as long as it’s not empty&lt;br /&gt;* Username: the username you gave access to the incoming connection earlier&lt;br /&gt;* Prompt password: No&lt;br /&gt;* Password: Password for the user on Windows&lt;br /&gt;* Authentication: Normal&lt;br /&gt;* Advanced Settings: Use Login Script Yes&lt;br /&gt;* Advanced Settings: Login Script&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;CHARMAP [windows-1252]&lt;br /&gt;LOOP 10&lt;br /&gt;{&lt;br /&gt;SEND “CLIENT”+&lt;0×0d&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WAIT 3&lt;br /&gt;{&lt;br /&gt;“SERVER” OK&lt;br /&gt;}&lt;br /&gt;}&lt;br /&gt;EXIT KErrNoAnswer$OK:&lt;br /&gt;EXIT&lt;br /&gt;Be careful that you get it exactly as show here, including line breaks. You could save it to a file, send to the phone and copy-paste to the settings.&lt;br /&gt;* Advanced Settings: Use PPP Compression Yes&lt;br /&gt;4. Run the program you installed at step1 (gnubox)&lt;br /&gt;5. Inside gnubox: Options-&gt; 2box Direct -&gt; Bluetooth, select your computer, leave gnubox running in background&lt;br /&gt;6. Run the nokia wml browser select “Bt” as access point and connect.&lt;br /&gt;7. You can also use any other internet app like Agile messenger, real player, opera, profimail etc&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-1755184089666531106?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/1755184089666531106/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=1755184089666531106' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/1755184089666531106'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/1755184089666531106'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/internet-over-blue-tooth-in-mobile.html' title='Internet Over Blue tooth in Mobile'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-7329794779488333699</id><published>2008-09-05T06:37:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-05T06:40:26.603-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Mobile / Cellphone Tips'/><title type='text'>Mobile Code</title><content type='html'>LG&lt;br /&gt;2945#*# - service menu (code resetW3000 G5300 C1200 G7100...)&lt;br /&gt;2945#(*)- hold (LG 500,600)&lt;br /&gt;B1200 *+pwr, 6,6,8 Service Menu&lt;br /&gt;B1300 *+pwr, 1,5,9 Service Menu&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Security Removing Code For Lg 8110,8120.&lt;br /&gt;47328545454#&lt;br /&gt;Or&lt;br /&gt;277634#*#&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Sony-Ericsson&lt;br /&gt;&gt; * &lt; &lt; * &lt; * - Service menu&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt; * * &lt; - Lock menu&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;VK Mobile&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#79# - SW version&lt;br /&gt;*#85*364# (*) - hold menu&lt;br /&gt;855855# without SIM (VG107)&lt;br /&gt;85558555#(*)-hold&lt;br /&gt;4268#(*)-hold (VG207)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Voxtel&lt;br /&gt;0124 - master code&lt;br /&gt;0718#(*)- hold - menu (ST11, SC10, V100 without SIM)&lt;br /&gt;4268#(*)- hold - show code (ST11, SC10 without SIM)&lt;br /&gt;*789(#)- hold - menu (V50, V300, RX100 without SIM)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Motorola&lt;br /&gt;(T190, T191, T205) master code&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- 19980722&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- 20010903&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;**********&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;P2K test menu:&lt;br /&gt;*#06#, menu, menu, 048263*&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Test comands:&lt;br /&gt;32*116*1*0*0 - read phone code&lt;br /&gt;32*118*1*0*0 - read security code&lt;br /&gt;18*0 - factory reset, phone code off&lt;br /&gt;18*1 - master reset&lt;br /&gt;54*18*1 - full phone reset&lt;br /&gt;10*0*6 - select 900/1800&lt;br /&gt;32*279*1*0*8 - model&lt;br /&gt;32*383*1*0*0 - flex version&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Hard reset MPX200, MPX220 - blue button + power on&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Nokia&lt;br /&gt;*#7370925538# (valet code reset) 6230&lt;br /&gt;*#746025625# [*#sim0clock#]&lt;br /&gt;*#92702689# [*#war0anty#]&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Fly Bird&lt;br /&gt;S688 - #*301#02# send - with SIM&lt;br /&gt;menu:&lt;br /&gt;7 - 10 - ok,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;#*8000#, #*3676# (reboot repair)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;V09, S1180 - *, 3 times down, 3 times up - service menu&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Enol&lt;br /&gt;*#987*00# - Service menu&lt;br /&gt;*#987*99# - Full reset&lt;br /&gt;*#900# - SW version&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Maxon&lt;br /&gt;*#9922# - menu, reset (without SIM)&lt;br /&gt;*#9900# - Software Version&lt;br /&gt;*#9901# - Software Version (PBatch)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;S60 Siries (SX1, 6600, N-Gage..)&lt;br /&gt;*#7780# - factory default&lt;br /&gt;*#7370# - full factory defaults (all user data reset)&lt;br /&gt;SX1 formating - * + # + power on&lt;br /&gt;6600 formating - 3 + * + send + power on&lt;br /&gt;Sendo X1 formating - 5 + power on&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mitsubishi&lt;br /&gt;*65512890 (*-hold) format FFS (Eclipse)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* 3926 - (*-hold) test mode&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* 5806 - (*-hold) SW version&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*(hold) 787090 - trium 320 unlock menu&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Huawei (cdma)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;MASTER SECURITY CODE&lt;br /&gt;-309296&lt;br /&gt;-3092&lt;br /&gt;-9296&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Pantech HX-550C (cdma)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Full reset (phone code reset)- ##03*934#9367*192#397#7412569746 PWR,&lt;br /&gt;after reset - ##27732726 PWR and select "with uim"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#0000# Displays your phones software version:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1st Line : Software Version&lt;br /&gt;2nd Line : Software Release Date&lt;br /&gt;3rd Line : Compression Type&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#06# For checking the International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI Number)&lt;br /&gt;*#2640# Displays security code in use&lt;br /&gt;*#0000# Display Software ver. and compresion type&lt;br /&gt;*#100# Shows the phones number&lt;br /&gt;*#639# Programming - min/sid&lt;br /&gt;*#67705646# Removes operator logo on 3310 &amp; 3330&lt;br /&gt;*#73# Reset phone timers and game scores&lt;br /&gt;*#7760# Manufactures code&lt;br /&gt;*#7780# Restore factory settings&lt;br /&gt;*#92702689# Displays:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Serial Number&lt;br /&gt;2. Date Made&lt;br /&gt;3. Purchase Date&lt;br /&gt;4. Date of last repair (0000 for no repairs)&lt;br /&gt;5. Transfer User Data. To exit this mode you need to switch your phone off then on again&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*#30# Lets you see the private number&lt;br /&gt;*#94870345123456789# Deactivate the PWM-Mem (not recommend)&lt;br /&gt;*#746025625# Displays the Sim Clock status, if your phone supports this power saving feature "SIM Clock Stop Allowed", it means you will get the best standby time possible&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;**21*number# Turn on "All Calls" diverting to the phone number entered&lt;br /&gt;**61*number# Turn on "No Reply" diverting to the phone number entered&lt;br /&gt;**67*number# Turn on "On Busy" diverting to the phone number entered&lt;br /&gt;*3001#12345# Programming / Field Test&lt;br /&gt;*#21# Allows you to check the number that "All Calls" are diverted to&lt;br /&gt;*#61# Allows you to check the number that "On No Reply" calls are diverted to&lt;br /&gt;*#62# Allows you to check the number that "Divert If Unreachable (no service)" calls are diverted to&lt;br /&gt;*#67# Allows you to check the number that "On Busy Calls" are diverted to&lt;br /&gt;*#43# Allows you to check the "Call Waiting" status of your phone.&lt;br /&gt;#3370# Enable Enhanced Full Rate Codec (EFR)&lt;br /&gt;#4720# Disable Half Rate Codec (correct code)&lt;br /&gt;*#1345# Shows credit value&lt;br /&gt;*** to the P sign&lt;br /&gt;**** to get the W sign&lt;br /&gt;***** to get the + sign&lt;br /&gt;*#147# This lets you know who called you last (Only vodofone)&lt;br /&gt;*#1471# Last call (Only vodofone)&lt;br /&gt;*#21# This phone code allows you to check the number that "All Calls" are diverted to&lt;br /&gt;*#2640# Displays phone security code in use&lt;br /&gt;*#30# Lets you see the private number&lt;br /&gt;*#43# Allows you to check the "Call Waiting" status of your cell phone.&lt;br /&gt;*#61# Allows you to check the number that "On No Reply" calls are diverted to&lt;br /&gt;*#62# Allows you to check the number that "Divert If Unreachable (no service)" calls are diverted to&lt;br /&gt;*#67# Allows you to check the number that "On Busy Calls" are diverted to&lt;br /&gt;*#67705646# Phone code that removes operator logo on 3310 &amp; 3330&lt;br /&gt;*#73# Reset phone timers and game scores&lt;br /&gt;*#746025625# Displays the SIM Clock status, if your phone supports this power saving feature "SIM Clock Stop Allowed", it means you will get the best standby time possible&lt;br /&gt;*#7760# Manufactures code&lt;br /&gt;*#7780# Restore factory settings&lt;br /&gt;*#8110# Software version for the nokia 8110&lt;br /&gt;*#92702689# Displays - 1.Serial Number, 2.Date Made, 3.Purchase Date, 4.Date of last repair (0000 for no repairs), 5.Transfer User Data. To exit this mode you need to switch your phone off then on again&lt;br /&gt;*#94870345123456789# Deactivate the PWM-Mem&lt;br /&gt;**21*number# Turn on "All Calls" diverting to the phone number entered&lt;br /&gt;**61*number# Turn on "No Reply" diverting to the phone number entered&lt;br /&gt;**67*number# Turn on "On Busy" diverting to the phone number entered&lt;br /&gt;12345 This is the default security code&lt;br /&gt;press and hold # Lets you switch between lines&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Software version *#2820#&lt;br /&gt;M aster reset *73738#&lt;br /&gt;SP lock *#3210#&lt;br /&gt;Cooprate lock *#8140#&lt;br /&gt;SIM lock *#4960#&lt;br /&gt;Net Lock *#7320#&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;E616 get the P sign&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;P sign will appear after the # is held pressed for 3 seconds&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Temp unlock solution working on older firmwares please only try once.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To unlock using temp solution Use any 2G simcard and turn-on the phone pre feb 2004&lt;br /&gt;1) #4960*xxxxxxxx# + Send&lt;br /&gt;2)*4960*xxxxxxxx*xxxxxxxx# + Send&lt;br /&gt;3) Turn-off the phone and turn-on again!&lt;br /&gt;xxxxxxxx = any numbers make sure you keep them the same&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*2767*JAVA# Java Reset and (Deletes all Java Midlets)&lt;br /&gt;*2767*MEDIA# Reset Media (Deletes All Sounds and Pics)&lt;br /&gt;*2767*WAP# Wap Reset&lt;br /&gt;*2767*CUST# Reset Custom EEPR0M&lt;br /&gt;*2767*FULL# Reset Full EEPR0M (Caution)&lt;br /&gt;For example : *2767*JAVA# would be keyed in as *2767*5282#&lt;br /&gt;*#06# IMEI code&lt;br /&gt;*#9998*4357# Help Menu&lt;br /&gt;*#9998*5282# Java menu (GRPS/CSD settings for JAVA server)&lt;br /&gt;*#9999#0# Monitor Mode&lt;br /&gt;*#9999# or *#9998*9999# Software Version&lt;br /&gt;*#8888# or *#9998*8888# Hardware Version&lt;br /&gt;*#9998*746# or *#9998*0746# or *#0746# Sim Infos&lt;br /&gt;*#9998*523# or *#9998*0523# or *#0523# Display Contrast&lt;br /&gt;*#9998*842# or *#9998*0842# or *#0842# Vibration On (until you push OK)&lt;br /&gt;*#9998*289# or *#9998*0289# or *#0289# Buzzer On (until you push OK)&lt;br /&gt;*#9998*288# or *#9998*0288# or *#0288# Battery &amp; Field Infos&lt;br /&gt;*#9998*377# or *#9998*0377# Error log&lt;br /&gt;*#9998*778# or *#9998*0778# or *#0778# Sim Service table&lt;br /&gt;*#9998*782# show date and alarm clock&lt;br /&gt;*#8999*638# show network information&lt;br /&gt;*#9998*5646# change operator logo at startup&lt;br /&gt;*#9998*76# production number&lt;br /&gt;*#9998*968# view melody for alarm&lt;br /&gt;*#9998*585# Non-Volatile Memory (NVM)&lt;br /&gt;*#3243948# Digital Audio Interference Off&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Secret Games: Snake on the T68 - Go to Erix and then on the main screen press 123 and you will be taken to the game.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Secret Message - On Tetris on the main screen when the blocks are falling press 397 and a message will appear.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Service Menu: Press &gt; * &lt; &lt; * &lt; *&lt;br /&gt;tells you the phone's software version (good for checking your phone's "age" before buying it); press "Yes" repeatedly to see all the software data &amp; press "&gt;" to see all the texts available in your phone (hundreds of them!); some phones have "Flash?" option to reset the phone (I didn't see any difference after doing that)&lt;br /&gt;How to Press &gt; * &lt; &lt; * &lt; * ???&lt;br /&gt;When T68 is on "Standby Mode", "Standby Mode" means when it is not receiving or making any calls,, and it is on the main page where it show your operator name, signal strengths, time and battery level.&lt;br /&gt;1. push joy stick to RIGHT once&lt;br /&gt;(Screen will change to the menu and cursor land on PHONE BOOK icon)&lt;br /&gt;2. press *&lt;br /&gt;3. push joy stick to LEFT twice&lt;br /&gt;(cursor will land on CONNECT icon)&lt;br /&gt;4. press *&lt;br /&gt;5. push joy stick to LEFT once&lt;br /&gt;(cursor will land on ORGANISER icon)&lt;br /&gt;6. press *&lt;br /&gt;The Service Menu will appears !&lt;br /&gt;1. Service Info&lt;br /&gt;a. Software Version&lt;br /&gt;b. SIMlock&lt;br /&gt;c. Configuration&lt;br /&gt;2. Service Setting&lt;br /&gt;a. Contrast&lt;br /&gt;3. Service Test&lt;br /&gt;a. Display&lt;br /&gt;b. LED/Illumination - *This test is very cool&lt;br /&gt;c. Keyboard&lt;br /&gt;d. Buzzer&lt;br /&gt;e. Vibrator&lt;br /&gt;f. Earphone&lt;br /&gt;g. Microphone&lt;br /&gt;h. Real Time Clock&lt;br /&gt;i. Joystick Counter*&lt;br /&gt;if you just bought your T68, the Joystick moves should be at a very low count, or else bring it back to shop (apparently been used before !)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;T610&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A (P) will appear when the number 7 key is pressed and held.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-7329794779488333699?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/7329794779488333699/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=7329794779488333699' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/7329794779488333699'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/7329794779488333699'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/mobile-code.html' title='Mobile Code'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-6809818982386091865</id><published>2008-09-05T06:20:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-05T06:37:44.705-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Mobile / Cellphone Tips'/><title type='text'>Samsung/Philips/Pantech/Panasonic/  Code</title><content type='html'>Samsung                                                                                                                                         *2767*3855# - FULL E2P RESET                                                                                            *2767*2878# - CUSTOM E2P RESET                                                                                        #*7337# - UNLOCK                                                                                                                 *2767*688# - UNLOCK                                                                                                                    *#0523# - CONTRAST                                                                                                                *#9998*523# - CONTRAST                                                                                                *#8999*8378# - Service Menu (X100)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Philips                                                                                                                                            #20021208# ok - 630 without SIM (erase flash)                                                                         *#7728*# - RSAV DONE                                                                                                               *#3849*# - ??? reboot                                                                                                                  *#3851*# - ??? reboot                                                                                                                       Philips 568 *01763*737381# - reset&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Pantech                                                                                                                                    *01763*737381# - master reset (user data, user code) without SIM                               *01763*8371# - SW version                                                                                                 *01763*6371# - UNLOCK                                                                                                      &lt;br /&gt;*01763*3641# - Menu&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Panasonic                                                                                                                                 *01763*737381# - master reset (user data, user code) A100, A101, A102,G50, G51, G70, GD55..                                                                                                                                                    *369#(*) - MENU                                                                                                                                       , 7,4, 6, menu, menu - lock menu                                                                                                     *#9999# - 5 sec after power on - SW version (GD75, GD67, GD87..)&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-6809818982386091865?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/6809818982386091865/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=6809818982386091865' title='2 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/6809818982386091865'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/6809818982386091865'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/samsungphilipspantechpanasonic-code.html' title='Samsung/Philips/Pantech/Panasonic/  Code'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>2</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-2275338634872664792</id><published>2008-09-04T15:12:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-04T18:16:12.271-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='PSP Tips'/><title type='text'>Accessing E-mail and Webmail in your PSP</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The number one use for the Internet is accessing e-mail. The PSP does not ship with a mail&lt;br /&gt;client, and rightly so—it would have to store its messages on the Memory Stick, which is&lt;br /&gt;expensive storage, and there’s no keyboard. However, the PSP is an ideal reader for many types of media, including e-mail, so all you need is a Web browser, the right Web site to retrieve your&lt;br /&gt;e-mail, and a Wi-Fi connection.&lt;br /&gt;If your Web mail server requires a certain port to be used, such as http://mail&lt;br /&gt;.servername.com:8383, you have to enter the http:// as well as the :8383. If you don’t&lt;br /&gt;enter the http://, the PSP’s Web browsers will usually time out (this is a bug in Sony’s software,&lt;br /&gt;it’s not your server).&lt;br /&gt;If you already have Web mail access, go ahead and use that. Most Web mail programs should&lt;br /&gt;work fine with any of the PSP Web browsers (including Microsoft Exchange Webmail).&lt;br /&gt;However, if you don’t already have Webmail access, you don’t have to go get your own server or&lt;br /&gt;kidnap a hacker. Simply point your browser to https://mail2web.com/. Mail2Web is a&lt;br /&gt;free service that enables you to enter your e-mail address and password and send and receive&lt;br /&gt;mail from anywhere with just your PSP and an Internet connection.&lt;br /&gt;If you want to use your cell phone with Mail2Web, go to &lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href="http://mail2web.com/wap"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;http://mail2web.com/wap&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBd3QgDRII/AAAAAAAAAN0/Kj5ydfSHsSw/s1600-h/webmail.png"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242293170162844802" style="FLOAT: left; MARGIN: 0px 10px 10px 0px; CURSOR: hand" height="189" alt="" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBd3QgDRII/AAAAAAAAAN0/Kj5ydfSHsSw/s320/webmail.png" width="531" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Accessing e-mail on the PSP with Mail2Web&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Sony PSP Web Browser Tips&lt;br /&gt;Here are a few tips to save you a lot of time when using the official Sony PSP Web browser&lt;br /&gt;that shipped starting with PSP Firmware 2.0:&lt;br /&gt; Use the Bookmark feature, which is the same as Internet Explorer’s Favorites feature. It&lt;br /&gt;saves you a lot of typing.To access the bookmarks feature, press ^&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;to access the Web&lt;br /&gt;browser menu, and then go to the picture of the heart and press&lt;strong&gt; x&lt;/strong&gt;. Press &lt;strong&gt;x&lt;/strong&gt; on&lt;br /&gt;Bookmarks.To add a bookmark, navigate to the page you want to bookmark, and then&lt;br /&gt;go to your bookmarks and select Add to Bookmarks.&lt;br /&gt;If you use the bookmarks feature of Sony’s Web browser, a Memory Stick must be inserted for&lt;br /&gt;the PSP to save the bookmarks file.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt; When you need to scroll around a page, hold downd square button then use the analog (round)&lt;br /&gt;stick to scroll the page up, down, left. and right.&lt;br /&gt; If you often visit the same site first, such as your Webmail, RSS feeds, search engine, and&lt;br /&gt;so forth, make it your default home page.To set your default home page, press &lt;strong&gt;^&lt;/strong&gt; to&lt;br /&gt;open the Web browser menu, and then scroll over to the toolbox icon, and press &lt;strong&gt;x&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;Select Settings and press &lt;strong&gt;x&lt;/strong&gt;. Then select Home Page Settings and press &lt;strong&gt;x&lt;/strong&gt;. Enter&lt;br /&gt;the home page you would like to use, and then press &lt;strong&gt;x&lt;/strong&gt; to save it. Now whenever you&lt;br /&gt;press &lt;strong&gt;x&lt;/strong&gt; on the Home icon in the PSP menu, you are taken to the Web site you just&lt;br /&gt;entered.&lt;br /&gt; If you have to use a proxy server on your network, press &lt;strong&gt;^&lt;/strong&gt; to open the Web browser&lt;br /&gt;menu, and then scroll over to the toolbox icon and press&lt;strong&gt; x&lt;/strong&gt; . Select Settings and&lt;br /&gt;press &lt;strong&gt;x&lt;/strong&gt; . Then select Proxy Server Settings and press &lt;strong&gt;x&lt;/strong&gt; . Enter your proxy information&lt;br /&gt;and you should be able to browse the Web. Unfortunately, Sony’s Web browser&lt;br /&gt;doesn’t support profiles, so if you switch networks, you will have to remove and re-enter&lt;br /&gt;proxy information as needed.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-2275338634872664792?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/2275338634872664792/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=2275338634872664792' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/2275338634872664792'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/2275338634872664792'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/accessing-e-mail-and-webmail.html' title='Accessing E-mail and Webmail in your PSP'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBd3QgDRII/AAAAAAAAAN0/Kj5ydfSHsSw/s72-c/webmail.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-180115161156721272</id><published>2008-09-04T14:23:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-04T15:05:10.380-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='PSP Tips'/><title type='text'>Configuring your PSP for Networking</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt; The PSP is the first portable game system with built-in wireless networking&lt;br /&gt;capabilities for gaming with many people (instead of just&lt;br /&gt;one-to-one like many handhelds) and a full TCP stack for access to&lt;br /&gt;the Internet. The PSP is the only handheld game system ever made that&lt;br /&gt;enables more than two players to play a game, just like regular console systems!&lt;br /&gt;Although there are no commercial Web browsers or other Internet&lt;br /&gt;applications available yet, we will be going over how to get around that little&lt;br /&gt;issue in Chapter 6, “The Web on Your PSP.” In this chapter, we’ll go over&lt;br /&gt;how to get the wireless access configured properly and how to extend your&lt;br /&gt;wireless range so you can play with friends from far away and browse the&lt;br /&gt;Net from a little further down the street.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;While the PSP has wireless out the wazoo with its 802.11b and&lt;br /&gt;infrared transceiver, a notable missing wireless topology is&lt;br /&gt;Bluetooth. Bluetooth could have enabled many wireless keyboards&lt;br /&gt;and mice to work with the system, which would have&lt;br /&gt;been nice. Of course, Sony could have something up its sleeve.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Configuring Wireless Internet Access&lt;br /&gt;Setting up the PSP to get on the Internet via Wi-Fi is fairly easy. Let’s go&lt;br /&gt;through those steps now.&lt;br /&gt;Turning Wireless On and Off&lt;br /&gt;To enable and disable the built-in wireless of your PSP, simply flip the&lt;br /&gt;switch on its left side. Up enables wireless and down disables it. This doesn’t&lt;br /&gt;turn wireless on, however. Games and applications selectively turn the wireless&lt;br /&gt;feature on and off, so you can safely leave the switch up and it will only&lt;br /&gt;actually be “on” when an application needs it.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;You can tell if your wireless is being used when the wireless access light is flickering&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBVilAgVRI/AAAAAAAAANU/YQvXCPpERY8/s1600-h/wl.png"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242284018797401362" style="FLOAT: left; MARGIN: 0px 10px 10px 0px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBVilAgVRI/AAAAAAAAANU/YQvXCPpERY8/s320/wl.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The wireless access light on the PSP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Set Up a Networking Profile&lt;br /&gt;The PSP’s networking capabilities are very similar to a Macintosh’s, where you can set up different&lt;br /&gt;network profiles for use in different locations. This will be very helpful in Chapter 6,&lt;br /&gt;“The Web on Your PSP,” which presents a profile for regular use, and then one specifically for&lt;br /&gt;your “hacked” network.&lt;br /&gt;To set up a network profile, go to the PSP Navigator, select Settings, and then select Network&lt;br /&gt;Settings . You are given two options, both of which pertain only to wireless&lt;br /&gt;networking—Ad Hoc Mode and Infrastructure Mode . If you’re not familiar&lt;br /&gt;with the difference between the two, read the sidebar “Wireless Modes in Focus: Ad Hoc and&lt;br /&gt;Infrastructure.” Ad Hoc Mode is generally used when playing head-to-head with multiple&lt;br /&gt;PSPs in close proximity (10–20 feet), as it doesn’t require a base station. Infrastructure is useful&lt;br /&gt;when there are multiple people in different rooms and you use a central base station to connect.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;There are two types of connections in wireless networks: Ad Hoc and Infrastructure. In Ad Hoc&lt;br /&gt;networks, there is no central access point—all devices communicate with each other directly&lt;br /&gt;instead of having an access point to run all communications through. With an Ad Hoc network,&lt;br /&gt;there is no guarantee that all devices can see each other, because their “vision” is limited to&lt;br /&gt;whatever devices they can receive receptions for (or “hear”).&lt;br /&gt;Infrastructure networks, on the other hand, are the most common type of wireless network connection.&lt;br /&gt;Utilizing a central base station, called a wireless access point, all devices connect to the&lt;br /&gt;access point, then relay all their interdevice communications through the single device. Each&lt;br /&gt;device connects to the base station based on its SSID, or service-station ID, which is the name&lt;br /&gt;you see when you try to “join” a wireless network. Most home networks have infrastructure&lt;br /&gt;networks to connect out to the Internet and to communicate wirelessly with both wireless and&lt;br /&gt;wired devices.&lt;br /&gt;Most of the time you are involved with multiplayer games you will be using Ad Hoc networks.&lt;br /&gt;However, when you’re browsing th&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBYNSxNVOI/AAAAAAAAANc/NRYzNBa1IGY/s1600-h/wl2.png"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242286951659033826" style="FLOAT: left; MARGIN: 0px 10px 10px 0px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBYNSxNVOI/AAAAAAAAANc/NRYzNBa1IGY/s320/wl2.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;e Internet on your PSP you will usually be using an&lt;br /&gt;Infrastructure connection.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The Network Settings option in the PSP Navigator&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;a href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBYlOK1SII/AAAAAAAAANk/JmDYuSZrWQ0/s1600-h/wl3.png"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242287362741192834" style="FLOAT: left; MARGIN: 0px 10px 10px 0px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBYlOK1SII/AAAAAAAAANk/JmDYuSZrWQ0/s320/wl3.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The wireless network mode selector under the PSP Network Settings option&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;It’s actually a good thing that most PSP games limit wireless play to eight players. As wireless&lt;br /&gt;networks get more and more crowded, the devices’ transmissions adversely affect the overall&lt;br /&gt;available bandwidth and you could lose data and therefore have poor gameplay. Remember,&lt;br /&gt;when you’re on an 11 Mbps wireless network, you’re sharing that bandwidth with everybody&lt;br /&gt;else, so the more you do on the network, the less bandwidth that’s available for others. This is&lt;br /&gt;especially true if you’re trying to play a PSP game with eight people while someone’s downloading&lt;br /&gt;a huge file and printing a large document over your wireless network—there’s a good possibility&lt;br /&gt;of losing packets and having issues with gaming.&lt;br /&gt;Let’s go through configuration of both network types. Some games may actually require one&lt;br /&gt;type over another—the back of the box says “Wi-Fi Compatible (Ad Hoc/Infrastructure),” Some games may not support wireless play at all and won’t have the Wi-&lt;br /&gt;Fi Compatible logo on their box at all.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Creating an Ad-Hoc Wireless Profile&lt;br /&gt;If you’re just going to do some quick gaming with friends, you all need to have the same network&lt;br /&gt;name, or SSID, so you can all connect with each other. Once everyone has the same profile,&lt;br /&gt;you can all connect and play your games together.&lt;br /&gt;The PSP doesn’t actually let you set your SSID in Ad Hoc Mode, so it just defaults to a generic&lt;br /&gt;name beginning with PSP, followed by a number of different characters. This can vary depending&lt;br /&gt;on the game you’re playing, too, as some games will set a different SSID to differentiate the&lt;br /&gt;PSP hosting the game from the other PSPs in the vicinity (which may be hosting games, too).&lt;br /&gt;Unfortunately, this means anyone with a PSP and the same game could potentially join in your&lt;br /&gt;game (if your game supports uninvited joins), so feel free to be paranoid and check to see who’s&lt;br /&gt;around you before you start a wireless match.&lt;br /&gt;If you switch to Ad Hoc Mode, you will have to switch back to Infrastructure Mode at the&lt;br /&gt;Network Setting menu before you can use your PSP in infrastructure mode again.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Follow these steps to set up an Ad Hoc network:&lt;br /&gt;1. Use the PSP Navigator to select Settings and then Network Settings. Select the Ad Hoc&lt;br /&gt;Mode option and press X&lt;br /&gt;2. Set the channel to Automatic and press X.&lt;br /&gt;3. Press X to save the settings.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Creating an Infrastructure Wireless Profile&lt;br /&gt;If you’re at home and want to connect to other PSPs on your existing wireless home network&lt;br /&gt;(i.e., you don’t want to set up a separate PSP network, which would be called an Ad Hoc network,&lt;br /&gt;described earlier), you need to set up an Infrastructure profile.&lt;br /&gt;If you switch to Infrastructure Mode, you have to switch back to Ad Hoc Mode at the Network&lt;br /&gt;Settings menu before you can use your PSP in Ad Hoc Mode again.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Follow these steps to set up an Infrastructure network:&lt;br /&gt;1. Use the PSP Navigator to select Settings and then Network Settings. Select the&lt;br /&gt;Infrastructure Mode option and press &lt;strong&gt;&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;2. Select New Connection and press &lt;strong&gt;&gt;.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Enter a name for the connection (see the PSP manual for instructions on how to enter&lt;br /&gt;text), and then press &lt;strong&gt;&gt;.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. Enter the SSID of the base station you will be using (this would likely be the same one&lt;br /&gt;your computers use to connect to the Internet). If you don’t know the SSID, use the arrows&lt;br /&gt;to move down to Scan and press &lt;strong&gt;X&lt;/strong&gt; to choose a list of available base stations from a list.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;By default, many base stations broadcast the SSID so other systems can detect them and use&lt;br /&gt;them. However, if you or the network administrator for the wireless network has disabled SSID&lt;br /&gt;broadcasting, you will likely be forced to enter the SSID. Use a program like NetStumbler (search&lt;br /&gt;on Google for it) to detect wireless networks in the area and you can get around this problem&lt;br /&gt;(but you’ll have to have a wireless-enabled PC to run the application).&lt;br /&gt;5. If your network has a WEP network key, move down with the arrow pad and enter your&lt;br /&gt;WEP key, or leave it as None. Then press &lt;strong&gt;&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;6. If you have a DHCP server (most wireless networks do), select Easy mode. If you want&lt;br /&gt;to enter a custom IP address, gateway address, and/or DNS server address, select&lt;br /&gt;Custom. Then press &lt;strong&gt;&gt;.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. Press &lt;strong&gt;&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; to save your settings.&lt;br /&gt;8. You can optionally test your settings here as well. Your new connection will appear in the&lt;br /&gt;list of available networks to use next time you are in a game that supports infrastructure&lt;br /&gt;mode.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Speeding Up Wireless Internet Access&lt;br /&gt;To save battery life, the PSP defaults to a “wireless power saving” mode, which lowers the&lt;br /&gt;transmit and receive speed of the built-in wireless.To improve wireless performance, especially&lt;br /&gt;for Internet access, you should turn that mode off. Of course, it will eat more battery power,&lt;br /&gt;but play around with it and see what you think.&lt;br /&gt;You may actually need to disable the wireless power saving mode, as some wireless access points&lt;br /&gt;and devices aren’t compatible with the power saving feature of the PSP, so knowing how to do&lt;br /&gt;this may help you when you can’t connect in certain places.&lt;br /&gt;Follow these steps to disable wireless power saving mode:&lt;br /&gt;1. Use the PSP Navigator to select Settings, and then Power Settings.&lt;br /&gt;2. Select the WLAN Power Save option and press &lt;strong&gt;X&lt;/strong&gt; to select it (see Figure 5-5).&lt;br /&gt;3. Set the option to Off and press &lt;strong&gt;X&lt;/strong&gt; again.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBaorphtYI/AAAAAAAAANs/7bMJ1EBnsGM/s1600-h/w4.png"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242289621217424770" style="FLOAT: left; MARGIN: 0px 10px 10px 0px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBaorphtYI/AAAAAAAAANs/7bMJ1EBnsGM/s320/w4.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;                                                                         Disabling WLAN Power Save mode&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Why Is It Called 802.11?&lt;br /&gt;Many people wonder what the heck the 802.11a, b, and g stand for. The IEEE (Institute of&lt;br /&gt;Electrical and Electronics Engineers), the same people who brought your IEEE-1394 (also called&lt;br /&gt;FireWire, iLink, and so forth) is an established standards body that has defined many technologies&lt;br /&gt;via its internal open working groups (WGs). 802.11 is named this due to its IEEE working&lt;br /&gt;group being group 802.11. IEEE Project 802 is also called the LAN/MAN Standards Committee,&lt;br /&gt;or LMSC, and the 802.11 working group handles wireless LANs. Tens of millions of IEEE 802.11&lt;br /&gt;devices have been deployed worldwide and are interoperable.&lt;br /&gt;IEEE 802.11 has many flavors. The most widespread today is 802.11b (named after IEEE 802.11&lt;br /&gt;working group B), which operates in the unlicensed ISM (Industrial, Scientific, and Medical)&lt;br /&gt;band at approximately 2.45 GHz, and can transmit up to 11 Mbps. Newly available 802.11&lt;br /&gt;flavors include 802.11a and 802.11g. 802.11a and g support speeds up to 54 Mbps (in the&lt;br /&gt;standard, proprietary solutions claim faster speeds), and operate in the ISM band, as well as&lt;br /&gt;the newly unlicensed U-NII (Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure) band, at 5.2 and&lt;br /&gt;5.8 GHz.&lt;br /&gt;Even though 802.11 is a standard, its availability is restricted in different regions of the world&lt;br /&gt;because of varying regulations. Generally, 802.11b in the United States has 13 broadcast channels&lt;br /&gt;available for use (3 optimal ones because they are non-overlapping), and 802.11a in the&lt;br /&gt;United States supports 140 channels, with 12 non-overlapping optimal channels. However, in&lt;br /&gt;France and Spain, the various channels available to 802.11b and g users are severely limited&lt;br /&gt;(1 non-overlapping channel), while there are actually more channels available in Japan&lt;br /&gt;(13 channels, 3 non-overlapping). Take note: Even though 802.11a provides so many optimal&lt;br /&gt;channels, the international legalization of its 5.2 GHz frequency use has not been standardized,&lt;br /&gt;so outside-U.S. deployments may run into broadcast legal issues. Another note: The 5.2 GHz&lt;br /&gt;U-NII spectrum is also used by microwave landing systems to help planes land in bad weather.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-180115161156721272?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/180115161156721272/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=180115161156721272' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/180115161156721272'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/180115161156721272'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/configuring-your-psp-for-networking.html' title='Configuring your PSP for Networking'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBVilAgVRI/AAAAAAAAANU/YQvXCPpERY8/s72-c/wl.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-5457774511209042222</id><published>2008-09-04T13:35:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-04T14:22:19.931-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='PSP Tips'/><title type='text'>Opening Up Your PSP and Removing Parts</title><content type='html'>&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The following tells you, step-by-step, how to open up and remove the main parts of your&lt;br /&gt;PSP.To put your PSP back together, just perform these steps in reverse order.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Step 1: Prepare the PSP&lt;br /&gt;Be very careful working with your PSP. Just like a medical operation, you need to take precautions.&lt;br /&gt;The first step is to place the PSP face down on the electrostatic mat or white towel (only&lt;br /&gt;if there’s no static), and to put on your static wrist strap and ground it appropriately. Using the&lt;br /&gt;mat or towel prevents scratches to the PSP’s plastic screen cover.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Remove any Memory Stick and UMD game cartridge you have loaded, and remove the battery&lt;br /&gt;from your PSP.&lt;br /&gt;below is a diagram of the locations of the screws on the backplane and battery compartment.&lt;br /&gt;Print this diagram and when you remove a screw, place it on the diagram on a flat surface&lt;br /&gt;far enough from where you’re working (and away from pets) so you don’t bump into it.&lt;br /&gt;Using a little bit of two-sided tape can help as well, keeping the screws in place, but that’s generally&lt;br /&gt;overkill as long as you’re careful.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Step 2: Remove the Back Plane&lt;br /&gt;The PSP’s back plane (the side with the word PSP in a circle) is your doorway to the insides of&lt;br /&gt;your PSP. You’re going to need to remove the battery cover to complete this step. Note that&lt;br /&gt;some of the screws are covered by a sticker, which you will have to move out of the way or&lt;br /&gt;remove altogether to access. However, removing that sticker likely voids your warranty, so be&lt;br /&gt;prepared.&lt;br /&gt;You need to remove eight screws with your Philips head screwdriver. The screw holes have a&lt;br /&gt;very narrow radius, so this is where the thin shaft of the screwdriver and the magnetic tip come&lt;br /&gt;into play. Make sure you don’t strip the screw heads.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Once you’ve removed all the screws (don’t leave them loose in their sockets), gently separate the&lt;br /&gt;backplane from the cover. At this point the clear Left and Right triggers (marked as L and R)&lt;br /&gt;may come out— that’s okay, because they rely on the case being together to stay where they&lt;br /&gt;are. You can safely leave them off and just slide them back into place when you put your PSP&lt;br /&gt;back together (you’ll see the grooves they slide into).&lt;br /&gt;Put the faceplate away in a safe location, face-up, so you don’t scratch the plastic, and put the&lt;br /&gt;PSP face-up in front of you. You should now see the guts of your PSP,&lt;br /&gt;including the screen, the bottom button bar, what that slick analog stick looks like underneath,&lt;br /&gt;and your arrow and shape button contacts.&lt;br /&gt;If you have to put the L and R buttons back in when putting your PSP back together, make sure&lt;br /&gt;they move like they did before. When they are properly in place, they will move like they’re supposed&lt;br /&gt;to (like triggers). You know you’ve got it wrong if they don’t have any spring action when&lt;br /&gt;you press them—in that case, just reseat them and make sure they’re in the proper grooves&lt;br /&gt;on your PSP.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;a href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBJ_rRTtYI/AAAAAAAAAMU/OaDk-BOkU_I/s1600-h/psp+back.png"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242271324555163010" style="FLOAT: left; MARGIN: 0px 10px 10px 0px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBJ_rRTtYI/AAAAAAAAAMU/OaDk-BOkU_I/s320/psp+back.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;                                                                                  The last screw hides under a warranty-voiding sticker&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBKsTssvRI/AAAAAAAAAMc/Cz-qabJERsw/s1600-h/pap+re.png"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242272091321711890" style="FLOAT: left; MARGIN: 0px 10px 10px 0px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBKsTssvRI/AAAAAAAAAMc/Cz-qabJERsw/s320/pap+re.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The first layer of PSP guts&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Step 3: Remove the Metal Button Bar&lt;br /&gt;Now that you’ve removed the faceplate and can see the guts of your system, it’s time to remove&lt;br /&gt;the screen. In order to do this you’re first going to have to remove the metal button bar on the&lt;br /&gt;bottom of the device&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;To remove the metal button bar, simply pry a little on the metal catch to left of the bar and&lt;br /&gt;very gently lift it out at an angle. It is connected to the PSP’s mainboard by a circuit strip connector.&lt;br /&gt;You need to very carefully move the circuit strip connector up with the flat-blade screwdriver&lt;br /&gt;so you can pull the circuit strip out of its holder (the tan tab). Remember which side was&lt;br /&gt;up when you pull the circuit strip out or the button bar won’t work when you put it back in.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Step 4: Remove the Screen&lt;br /&gt;Now that you’ve removed the button bar, you can remove the screen. This part’s a little tricky&lt;br /&gt;because you don’t want to crack the screen or bend any metal. Patience and gentleness are&lt;br /&gt;virtues during this entire process—your PSP is at stake here!&lt;br /&gt;On the bottom-left corner of the screen is a metal piece in between the analog stick controller&lt;br /&gt;board and the display, making up part of the metal border of the screen.Wedge the thin flatblade&lt;br /&gt;screwdriver into that crevice and the metal wedge should pop up and out a little bit. Do&lt;br /&gt;the same on the top-left, and now you should be able to carefully wiggle the screen out. Be very&lt;br /&gt;careful; do not bend the display or pry too hard or you may crack the LCD panel or irreparably&lt;br /&gt;bend the metal—hence the reason for the very thin precision flat-blade screwdriver.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;a href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBLyQYX-jI/AAAAAAAAAMk/AV_txaB5SCo/s1600-h/psp+6.png"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242273293022001714" style="FLOAT: left; MARGIN: 0px 10px 10px 0px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBLyQYX-jI/AAAAAAAAAMk/AV_txaB5SCo/s320/psp+6.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;                                                                                   To remove the screen completely, you have to remove more circuit strips (and pay attention to&lt;br /&gt;which angle you had to open their catches and which way the circuit strip goes in). The long&lt;br /&gt;connector on the left lifts from the bottom, while the shorter one on the right lifts from the top&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Once you have removed the screen, place it face-down on a towel to prevent scratching.&lt;br /&gt;Preferably, you should put it somewhere it won’t fall onto a hard surface. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Step 5: Remove the Metal Screen Holder&lt;br /&gt;Now that you removed the display, you need to remove the metal display holder so you can&lt;br /&gt;access the PSP’s mainboard.To do this, you need to remove the nine remaining screws with the&lt;br /&gt;precision Philips-head screwdriver. After you have removed each screw, place it in the appropriate&lt;br /&gt;position on your copy of the screw location diagram. In addition to the screws, the metal&lt;br /&gt;screen holder is held in place by the release switch for the UMD drive. Gently slide it to the&lt;br /&gt;right to release its grip on the metal, then all you have to do is gently lift out the display holder&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;a href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBMWLiqJkI/AAAAAAAAAMs/1cfYnXi4DME/s1600-h/psp+9.png"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242273910198249026" style="FLOAT: left; MARGIN: 0px 10px 10px 0px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBMWLiqJkI/AAAAAAAAAMs/1cfYnXi4DME/s320/psp+9.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;                                                                                  The metal screen holder with the nine screws removed&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Step 6: Carefully Remove the Circuit Strips&lt;br /&gt;Now that you’ve removed the screen holder, you need to get to the mainboard. You need to&lt;br /&gt;remove the circuit strip connecting the UMD drive to the mainboard. Be very careful, as the first time I did this the solder was weak the circuit strip holder&lt;br /&gt;actually came off the mainboard! Then remove the power plug at the top left, but not the small&lt;br /&gt;ones on the bottom of the board, while continuing to be careful not to break any wires or&lt;br /&gt;solder.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Once you disconnect the cables, you may still have one more step to complete depending on&lt;br /&gt;how your PSP was made. You may see the black wireless antenna cable running alongside the&lt;br /&gt;top of your PSP . Gently remove this from the groove it runs through on the&lt;br /&gt;top left of the mainboard so you can successfully remove the mainboard.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;a href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBNOD-8lpI/AAAAAAAAAM0/L0FkBDICu0I/s1600-h/psp10.png"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242274870242088594" style="FLOAT: left; MARGIN: 0px 10px 10px 0px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBNOD-8lpI/AAAAAAAAAM0/L0FkBDICu0I/s320/psp10.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The PSP’s wireless antenna&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Step 7: Remove the Mainboard&lt;br /&gt;Now that the cables are out of the way, gently lift up the mainboard and put it aside. If you take a look at the mainboard, you’ll see the ARM-based processor Sony&lt;br /&gt;uses, their graphics chip and USB controller, as well as many other items.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;a href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBNuPHdBPI/AAAAAAAAAM8/WXuagIACkFQ/s1600-h/psp11.png"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242275422986372338" style="FLOAT: left; MARGIN: 0px 10px 10px 0px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBNuPHdBPI/AAAAAAAAAM8/WXuagIACkFQ/s320/psp11.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;                                                                                 The mainboard successfully removed&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;All this work and you’re still not at the Wi-Fi interface yet! (I sure wish Sony had made this&lt;br /&gt;easier.) To get to the final piece, the Wi-Fi card, you need to remove the shielding plate by&lt;br /&gt;using your precision Philips-head to remove the three remaining screens holding it in place&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;a href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBOyv0UZ_I/AAAAAAAAANE/w5tVbytuWJU/s1600-h/psp12.png"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242276599995590642" style="FLOAT: left; MARGIN: 0px 10px 10px 0px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBOyv0UZ_I/AAAAAAAAANE/w5tVbytuWJU/s320/psp12.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The screws holding the Wi-Fi card in place&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Step 9: Remove the Wi-Fi + Memory Stick Board&lt;br /&gt;Now here’s the final piece: the Wi-Fi communications board, which also houses the Memory&lt;br /&gt;Stick interface, as shown in Figure 4-16. You can remove this piece if you like and see an&lt;br /&gt;entirely gutted PSP, or just start putting things back together (good thing you have those screw&lt;br /&gt;diagrams!) or fidgeting around. Note that the Wi-Fi board has a socket connector, making&lt;br /&gt;upgrading or replacing the antenna fairly easy (well, besides the PSP disassembly step), . Appendix A has a link to an online project to add an external wireless&lt;br /&gt;antenna. If you’ve come so far that you’re at the Wi-Fi + Memory Stick board, feel free to&lt;br /&gt;try that project. I did not discuss it in detail in this book because most people may not take&lt;br /&gt;apart their PSP so fully (there’s usually no reason other than for exploratory purposes).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBPPBU3lhI/AAAAAAAAANM/fuk8G-fXMoQ/s1600-h/psp13.png"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242277085731853842" style="FLOAT: left; MARGIN: 0px 10px 10px 0px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBPPBU3lhI/AAAAAAAAANM/fuk8G-fXMoQ/s320/psp13.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The PSP’s Wi-Fi board, Memory Stick interface, and antenna socket connector&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Knowing&lt;br /&gt;how the PSP ticks on the inside is important for any hardware hacks you may want to attempt,&lt;br /&gt;including fixing your PSP yourself when sending it to Sony is not an option.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-5457774511209042222?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/5457774511209042222/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=5457774511209042222' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/5457774511209042222'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/5457774511209042222'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/opening-up-your-psp-and-removing-parts.html' title='Opening Up Your PSP and Removing Parts'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBJ_rRTtYI/AAAAAAAAAMU/OaDk-BOkU_I/s72-c/psp+back.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-4142520353644212815</id><published>2008-09-04T12:37:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-04T13:34:26.192-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='PSP Tips'/><title type='text'>Saving Xbox to your PSP</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;This is a funny hack, considering how Sony and Microsoft are bitter rivals in the game console&lt;br /&gt;market. Using the PSP’s USB connectivity, and the Xbox’s ability to recognize USB storage&lt;br /&gt;devices, you can use the Memory Stick in your PSP as a game-saving tool.&lt;br /&gt;Don’t worry; even though this hack formats your Memory Stick, it won’t affect your PSP’s&lt;br /&gt;internals at all. You’re not risking your PSP by plugging it into an Xbox.&lt;br /&gt;Here’s what you need:&lt;br /&gt; Microsoft Phantasy Star Online Keyboard Adapter or Xbox Controller USB Adapter&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;a href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMA_5KO02NI/AAAAAAAAALk/PVzzvWT7_IU/s1600-h/fantasy.png"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242260217490888914" style="FLOAT: left; MARGIN: 0px 10px 10px 0px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMA_5KO02NI/AAAAAAAAALk/PVzzvWT7_IU/s320/fantasy.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The Phantasy Star Online Keyboard Adapter&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;a href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBAIh226fI/AAAAAAAAALs/a-tmH2mKRiU/s1600-h/controller.png"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242260481530849778" style="FLOAT: left; MARGIN: 0px 10px 10px 0px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBAIh226fI/AAAAAAAAALs/a-tmH2mKRiU/s320/controller.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The Xbox Controller USB Adapter&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt; A Memory Stick you don’t care about, like the 32MB one that shipped with the PSP&lt;br /&gt;Value Pack (it will be erased by this operation, but you can still use it again by formatting&lt;br /&gt;it on the PSP)&lt;br /&gt; An appropriate USB cable (mini-USB to full-size USB)&lt;br /&gt; An Xbox and games you want to save data for&lt;br /&gt;You may also need a USB gender-bender, taking the PSP connector from male to female,&lt;br /&gt;which is shown in Figure 3-16. This depends on what the adapter’s USB connection looks like.&lt;br /&gt;Most likely you won’t need it, but if you do you can pick it up at any CompUSA, Fry’s, Best&lt;br /&gt;Buy, or other computer store.&lt;br /&gt;The Phantasy Star Online Keyboard Adapter has been discontinued by Microsoft. However, if&lt;br /&gt;you cannot find one online, you can still get a USB adapter that plugs into the front of your&lt;br /&gt;Xbox. The only drawback to this is you have to sacrifice a controller port, so no 4-player games&lt;br /&gt;if you want to save on the PSP. The Phantasy Star Online Keyboard Adapter, on the other hand,&lt;br /&gt;plugs into any Xbox controller. You’re likely not saving 4-player games on your PSP, of course, so&lt;br /&gt;this shouldn’t be a problem. When you’re done with the save, simply unplug the PSP. When you&lt;br /&gt;need it again, just plug it back in.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;a href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBAeevVVdI/AAAAAAAAAL0/W4zV9EVC9Fs/s1600-h/3-14.p.png"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242260858651104722" style="FLOAT: left; MARGIN: 0px 10px 10px 0px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBAeevVVdI/AAAAAAAAAL0/W4zV9EVC9Fs/s320/3-14.p.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;A USB gender-bender&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Using the PSP as an Xbox game saving device makes the Memory Stick unusable in the PSP. To&lt;br /&gt;use the Memory Stick in your PSP again, you have to format it with the PSP’s format utility.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Step 1: Get to the Save Game Point in an Xbox Game&lt;br /&gt;The first step is to find an Xbox game and get to the point where it will let you save a game. I&lt;br /&gt;chose Halo, but you can choose whatever you want. You actually don’t have to have a game in&lt;br /&gt;there—you can just use the Xbox’s configuration menu’s storage devices&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Step 2: Plug Your PSP into the Xbox USB Adapter&lt;br /&gt;Now that you’re ready to save your game, plug your PSP into the Xbox USB adapter using the&lt;br /&gt;adapter and the USB cable.&lt;br /&gt;Microsoft’s Xbox runs a modified version of the Windows 2000 operating system, and the&lt;br /&gt;Xbox’s controller ports are all USB-based, so that’s why this hack works.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;a href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBBO_NWIRI/AAAAAAAAAL8/umBuqb1YSDw/s1600-h/3.png"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242261692000641298" style="FLOAT: left; MARGIN: 0px 10px 10px 0px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBBO_NWIRI/AAAAAAAAAL8/umBuqb1YSDw/s320/3.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Connecting the Xbox adapter&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Step 3: Put Your PSP in USB Connection Mode&lt;br /&gt;Place your PSP in USB Connection Mode by using the PSP Navigator to open Settings, then&lt;br /&gt;USB Connection. Your Xbox should detect the PSP as a memory card and display an error&lt;br /&gt;message, as shown below.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;a href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBBwwsBpAI/AAAAAAAAAME/XtX1G3p5VEc/s1600-h/5.png"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242262272218342402" style="FLOAT: left; MARGIN: 0px 10px 10px 0px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBBwwsBpAI/AAAAAAAAAME/XtX1G3p5VEc/s320/5.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The Xbox informing you it has formatted your Memory Stick for use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Step 4: Save&lt;br /&gt;Press A on your Xbox controller to continue and you see your hard disk and the new Memory&lt;br /&gt;Stick, ready for game saving action! below shows you what this should look like. Now,&lt;br /&gt;simply save your game and you’re all set. This is quite convenient if you want to take game&lt;br /&gt;saves between your friends’ houses and don’t want to plunk down the money for the Xbox&lt;br /&gt;Memory Units.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBCOgJxAbI/AAAAAAAAAMM/57UWD5wTeXo/s1600-h/6.png"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242262783175754162" style="FLOAT: left; MARGIN: 0px 10px 10px 0px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMBCOgJxAbI/AAAAAAAAAMM/57UWD5wTeXo/s320/6.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The PSP shows up as a storage device on the Xbox&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMA9x9JMBTI/AAAAAAAAALU/IzQStcHCK6A/s1600-h/controller.png"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMA-I3prb4I/AAAAAAAAALc/O45xKjUFF7A/s1600-h/3-14.p.png"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-4142520353644212815?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/4142520353644212815/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=4142520353644212815' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/4142520353644212815'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/4142520353644212815'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/saving-xbox-to-your-psp.html' title='Saving Xbox to your PSP'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMA_5KO02NI/AAAAAAAAALk/PVzzvWT7_IU/s72-c/fantasy.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-1056595699588033291</id><published>2008-09-04T12:34:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-04T12:37:53.493-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='PSP Tips'/><title type='text'>Changing the PSP’s Background Color</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;You know that background color for Navigator screens that seems to magically change every&lt;br /&gt;once in a while? Well, the truth is it’s keyed on the PSP’s date settings.To change your background&lt;br /&gt;color, simply change the date on your PSP, like this:&lt;br /&gt;1. Go to Settings.&lt;br /&gt;2. Go to Date and Time Settings.&lt;br /&gt;3. Change the month in the date (see Table 3-2 for a list of colors).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Table 3-2 Month colors on the PSP&lt;br /&gt;Month -  Background color&lt;br /&gt;January  - Silver&lt;br /&gt;February -  Light Gold&lt;br /&gt;March -  Lime Green&lt;br /&gt;April -  Pink&lt;br /&gt;May -  Green&lt;br /&gt;June -  Periwinkle Blue&lt;br /&gt;July - Sky Blue&lt;br /&gt;August -  Pure Blue + Sky Blue (it’s mixed)&lt;br /&gt;September -  Purple&lt;br /&gt;October - Gold&lt;br /&gt;November - Bronze&lt;br /&gt;December -  Red&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;New Background Features in Firmware 2.0&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;With Firmware 2.0 (a.k.a. System Update 2.0), Sony introduced the ability to change the&lt;br /&gt;background color to any of the colors mentioned in Table 3-2, although it’s possible that future&lt;br /&gt;firmware versions may let you choose any color. You can even set a photo to be your background,&lt;br /&gt;or wallpaper, image if you have images on your Memory Stick.&lt;br /&gt;To change your background color, open the PSP Navigator and select Settings, then Theme&lt;br /&gt;Settings, then Theme, and set your background color by pressing X on the color of your choice.&lt;br /&gt;If you change the setting back to Original, it will go back to the monthly color changing&lt;br /&gt;scheme.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Changing Your Wallpaper&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;To set your wallpaper image, open the PSP Navigator, select Photo, and then select the image&lt;br /&gt;you want as your wallpaper (background image) by pressing X on the selected image.When&lt;br /&gt;the image is displayed, press TRIANGLE, and select the icon for “Set as Wallpaper” and press&lt;br /&gt;X. Select Yes when your PSP asks you if you want it to set the image as the wallpaper. Then&lt;br /&gt;press O when it says “Save completed” and your wallpaper is set.&lt;br /&gt;To disable your wallpaper, open the PSP Navigator and select Settings, then Theme Settings,&lt;br /&gt;and then Wallpaper. Change the option from Use to Do Not Use to turn off your wallpaper.&lt;br /&gt;You can set it to Use to turn it back on again. After turning off your wallpaper, your background&lt;br /&gt;color reappears.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-1056595699588033291?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/1056595699588033291/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=1056595699588033291' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/1056595699588033291'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/1056595699588033291'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/changing-psps-background-color.html' title='Changing the PSP’s Background Color'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-6269366222676795728</id><published>2008-09-04T12:29:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-04T12:33:36.015-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='PSP Tips'/><title type='text'>Syncing the PSP with Your Computer</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;A number of utilities have emerged that automatically sync your PSP’s saved game data, music,&lt;br /&gt;music, photos, movies, and even Web site bookmarks. These products include iPSP, PSPWare,&lt;br /&gt;PSP Sync, PSP Video 9, Browser 2 PSP (I wrote that one), and a number of others. iPSP and&lt;br /&gt;PSPWare are the most popular “all around syncing” utilities, while PSP Video 9 is the most&lt;br /&gt;popular video conversion and sync product (plus it’s free). I cover these products in detail in&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 10, “Video Hacks,” and Chapter 23, “Synchronization and Utility Software.”&lt;br /&gt;You don’t have to use a program to move data from your PC to your PSP or vice versa. Using&lt;br /&gt;the PSP’s built-in USB connection capability, you can back up your games, transfer music,&lt;br /&gt;images, and video back and forth, and even transfer your Web bookmarks. Of course, it’s a little&lt;br /&gt;more difficult because you have to do all the manual work, and the utilities I discuss do a lot of&lt;br /&gt;the work for you automatically, but it’s fairly simple if you don’t want to install additional software&lt;br /&gt;on your machine.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;PSP Media location&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Media type                                               Location&lt;br /&gt;Video                                                         MP_ROOT \ 100MNV01&lt;br /&gt;Audio                                                        PSP \ MUSIC&lt;br /&gt;Photos                                                      PSP \ PHOTO&lt;br /&gt;Games                                                      PSP \ GAME&lt;br /&gt;Saved games                                           PSP \ SAVEDATA&lt;br /&gt;Browser data                                           PSP \ SYSTEM \ BROWSER&lt;br /&gt;Shared data (usually the default           PSP \ SHARED&lt;br /&gt;location for Web browser downloads)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-6269366222676795728?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/6269366222676795728/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=6269366222676795728' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/6269366222676795728'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/6269366222676795728'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/syncing-psp-with-your-computer.html' title='Syncing the PSP with Your Computer'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-8226147938403658475</id><published>2008-09-04T12:22:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-04T12:29:40.065-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='PSP Tips'/><title type='text'>The PSP as a Storage Device</title><content type='html'>With a Memory Stick and a PSP with an appropriate USB cable, the PSP can be used&lt;br /&gt;to save any sort of data file, ultimately becoming a very large “thumb” drive. The PSP ships&lt;br /&gt;with USB 2.0, so transferring your movies will happen at speeds (up to) 440 Mbps (megabits&lt;br /&gt;per second), and your capacity is only limited by the Memory Stick you have. If you don’t want&lt;br /&gt;to carry a bunch of thumb drives, just take your PSP with you and a decent size Memory Stick&lt;br /&gt;Duo and you can play games and transfer files, without carrying any extra equipment.&lt;br /&gt;Here’s what you need:&lt;br /&gt; A Memory Stick in your PSP’s Memory Stick slot&lt;br /&gt; A USB to mini-USB cable&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242249763372986498" style="DISPLAY: block; MARGIN: 0px auto 10px; WIDTH: 320px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 79px; TEXT-ALIGN: center" height="108" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMA2Ypm48II/AAAAAAAAAKs/DJu8X95W7kg/s200/usb+wire.png" width="320" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; A computer (Mac, PC, and Linux should work fine; no drivers required) &lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Follow these steps to turn on the USB data transfer function:&lt;br /&gt;1. Plug the mini-USB end of your USB cable into your PSP and the&lt;br /&gt;other end into your computer.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242250259420982690" style="DISPLAY: block; MARGIN: 0px auto 10px; WIDTH: 270px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 116px; TEXT-ALIGN: center" height="116" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMA21hh8raI/AAAAAAAAAK0/hPRMbP9r6pY/s200/psp+firewire.png" width="246" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Go to Settings in Navigator.&lt;br /&gt;3. Select USB Connection and press .&lt;br /&gt;Your drive appears on your computer desktop.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Don’t delete any of the folders that exist on your memory card that you didn’t create yourself.&lt;br /&gt;Removing those can erase your saved game data, among other settings the PSP needs on that&lt;br /&gt;Memory Stick.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-8226147938403658475?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/8226147938403658475/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=8226147938403658475' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8226147938403658475'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8226147938403658475'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/psp-as-storage-device.html' title='The PSP as a Storage Device'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SMA2Ypm48II/AAAAAAAAAKs/DJu8X95W7kg/s72-c/usb+wire.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-8370841598235137427</id><published>2008-09-04T12:16:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-04T12:18:30.857-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='PSP Tips'/><title type='text'>Sony PSP UMD, the “Universal” Media Disc</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;UMD, or Universal Media Disc, is the official distributed media format for the PSP. You can&lt;br /&gt;use Memory Stick Duo media (and standard Memory Sticks as well, which is discussed in the&lt;br /&gt;next chapter); however, most PSP games utilize UMD discs, which for the time being cannot&lt;br /&gt;be copied (although it is possible to “dump” their contents to the Memory Stick using certain&lt;br /&gt;utilities this book does not discuss).&lt;br /&gt;UMDs are optical discs that can hold up to 1.8GB of any type of data, just like a DVD or CD.&lt;br /&gt;The “official” UMD formats are UMD Game, UMD Music, and UMD Video. In addition to&lt;br /&gt;game distribution houses, Sony has licensed a number of movie studios (such as Universal,&lt;br /&gt;Paramount, and New Line Home Cinema) to release UMD Video titles. Sony has also discussed&lt;br /&gt;submitting the format for standardization, but this seems unlikely for the near future, as&lt;br /&gt;control over the recorders would become an issue due to piracy.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Piracy is likely the reason for the proprietary UMD format, plus the fact that it appears to be&lt;br /&gt;based on the HiMD MiniDisc media format, a product Sony failed to bring to successful&lt;br /&gt;mass-market penetration many years ago. Hackers have already figured out a way to dump the&lt;br /&gt;data from a UMD to a CD or DVD, but Sony attempted to stop this type of copyright&lt;br /&gt;infringement in firmware update 1.51.&lt;br /&gt;Here are the specifications for the UMD media format (source:Wikipedia, http://&lt;br /&gt;en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universal_Media_Disc):&lt;br /&gt; ECMA (an international standards body) standard number ECMA-365: Data&lt;br /&gt;Interchange on 60 mm Read-Only ODC (optical disc cartridge). More information on&lt;br /&gt;the standard can be found at http://www.ecma-international.org/&lt;br /&gt;publications/standards/Ecma-365.htm.&lt;br /&gt; Capacity: 1.8 GB (UMD)&lt;br /&gt; Dimensions: Approx. 65 mm (W) × 64 mm (D) × 4.2 mm (H)&lt;br /&gt; Diameter: 60 mm&lt;br /&gt; Maximum capacity: 1.80GB (single-sided, dual layer)&lt;br /&gt; Laser wavelength: 660 nm (red laser)&lt;br /&gt; Encryption: AES 128-bit (decryption of which is built into the PSP’s hardware)&lt;br /&gt; Conforms to ISO-9660 file format, the same as CDs and DVDs.&lt;br /&gt; A good site to discuss the UMD format is UMD Talk, http://www.umdtalk&lt;br /&gt;.co.uk&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-8370841598235137427?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/8370841598235137427/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=8370841598235137427' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8370841598235137427'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8370841598235137427'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/sony-psp-umd-universal-media-disc.html' title='Sony PSP UMD, the “Universal” Media Disc'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-8232235065545963094</id><published>2008-09-04T12:08:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-04T12:15:52.525-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='PSP Tips'/><title type='text'>Sony PSP Strategy</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;With the PSP, Sony is not just going for the wanna-play-all-the-timegimme-&lt;br /&gt;awesome-graphics gamer. Instead, their focus is on a great gaming&lt;br /&gt;device that can do “everything else” and attracts the young, the teens, the&lt;br /&gt;twenty-somethings, and older audiences. Younger audiences will want the&lt;br /&gt;games and movies, while older audiences, through a brilliant “buy UMD&lt;br /&gt;movies everywhere and play media anywhere” strategy, will buy the unit as a&lt;br /&gt;portable movie player and media device.When the Playstation 3 comes out,&lt;br /&gt;Sony will integrate the media capabilities of the PSP with Playstation 3’s&lt;br /&gt;media center focus and extend the “media anywhere” gaming and media&lt;br /&gt;solution. Coupled with the wireless Internet capabilities, Sony could potentially&lt;br /&gt;deliver home media stored on a Playstation 3 (or other Sony devices)&lt;br /&gt;to the PSP anywhere you can get Wi-Fi access. Pretty cool, huh?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Full Technical Specifications of PSP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Here are the fairly official technical specifications of Sony’s flagship handheld:&lt;br /&gt; Size: 170 mm (6.7 in) in length, 74 mm (2.9 in) in width, and 23&lt;br /&gt;mm (0.9 in) in depth, weighs 280g / .62 lbs (Source:Wikipedia)&lt;br /&gt; Processor: 32-bit MIPS “R4000” 4KE or 24KE, dual-core. Primary&lt;br /&gt;core is for standard system functions, including hardware-based data&lt;br /&gt;decryption. Second core, called the “Virtual Mobile Engine,” is for&lt;br /&gt;graphics processing, including native H.264 decoding.&lt;br /&gt;■ Speed: 1-333 MHz (although Sony has made mention to a cap of&lt;br /&gt;222 MHz to conserve battery life)&lt;br /&gt;Programmers can get around the 222 MHz barrier in code.&lt;br /&gt;■ Runs on 0.8 to 1.2 volts&lt;br /&gt;■ Designed using a 90-nanometer process&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt; Graphics: Runs at 166 MHz, reconfigurable to handle particular processing tasks.&lt;br /&gt;■ 2 megabytes video memory&lt;br /&gt;■ Supports a maximum of 33 million polygons/second, although the effective polygon&lt;br /&gt;performance is likely much lower (many critics don’t like the “max” polygons&lt;br /&gt;rating because it excludes the use of effects like lighting, fog, and so forth)&lt;br /&gt;■ 664 million pixels/second maximum fill rate&lt;br /&gt;■ 512-bit interface&lt;br /&gt;■ Supports 16-bit and 32-bit color modes (32,768 colors and 16.77 million colors)&lt;br /&gt; Audio: Supports Stereo sound, Dolby Headphone sound. Supports playback of WAV,&lt;br /&gt;ATRAC and MP3 (MPEG-1 Audio Layer 3) audio in Firmware 1.0 and 1.5, and adds&lt;br /&gt;AAC (MPEG-4) audio in Firmware 2.0.&lt;br /&gt; Display: 4.3" (diagonal) 480 × 272 Widescreen display, 16:9 aspect ratio, just like&lt;br /&gt;widescreen DVDs and HDTV&lt;br /&gt; RAM: 32MB of RAM. 4MB of DRAM; half (2MB) is connected to the main core, and&lt;br /&gt;the other 2MB is for media processing functions.&lt;br /&gt; Storage:The PSP has the following storage capabilities:&lt;br /&gt;■ Sony Memory Stick Duo slot takes only Memory Stick Duo media (although&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 3, “Quickies,” covers using standard Memory Stick media, which is usually&lt;br /&gt;cheaper).&lt;br /&gt;■ UMD discs support up to 1.8GBeach and basically any type of data. Official formats&lt;br /&gt;include UMD-Game, UMD-Video, and UMD-Music. This appears to be&lt;br /&gt;based on Sony’s MiniDisc format.&lt;br /&gt;■ USB 2.0 port supports data transfers up to 480 megabits/second.&lt;br /&gt;■ Supports sharing of files on inserted Memory Stick with a USB-capable computer.&lt;br /&gt; Power: Includes 1800 mAh Lithium Ion (LIon) battery, provides 4–6 hours of battery&lt;br /&gt;life (Sony offers an official 220 mAh battery as well, and third parties such as Datel have&lt;br /&gt;batteries providing 3600 mAh).&lt;br /&gt;■ A/C charger included with package yields 2000 mAh&lt;br /&gt;■ Capable of charging using power provided via a computer’s USB 2.0 port&lt;br /&gt; Networking: Built-in 802.11b (11 megabits/second max throughput) wireless supports&lt;br /&gt;both ad hoc (computer-to-computer) and infrastructure (device-to-access point) modes.&lt;br /&gt;■ IrDA (Infrared Data Association) line-of-sight communications&lt;br /&gt;■ IR Remote (SIRCS compliant), although no “official” remote control software was&lt;br /&gt;available at the time this book went to press&lt;br /&gt;■ Potential to use USB port for other networking devices, should they ever be&lt;br /&gt;released&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt; Navigation system: Uses Sony’s XMB, or Cross Media Bar, interface, used in some Sony&lt;br /&gt;TVs and their PSX product. (I call this the “PSP Navigator” in this book.)&lt;br /&gt; Region coding: Supports region coding of games, music, movies, and photos on UMD&lt;br /&gt;discs, similar to how DVDs do the same thing to prevent media use in other regions of&lt;br /&gt;the world.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Video Capabilities&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Everything considered, the PSP’s graphic capabilities are roughly the equivalent of the PS2. But&lt;br /&gt;how can that be? Well, the PSP’s 480 × 272 maximum resolution is quite a bit less than a PS2’s&lt;br /&gt;1280 × 1024, but its rendering capabilities for the 480 × 272 resolution match what the PS2 can&lt;br /&gt;do at 1280 × 1024. So what does this mean to you? It means PS2 games should easily be ported&lt;br /&gt;to the PSP, and the graphics should be similar if not identical.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Battery Life&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Compared to other portable gaming systems, the PSP is not only more powerful, it’s also more&lt;br /&gt;power hungry. Indeed, with a 333 MHz processor, ultra-bright widescreen color display, wireless&lt;br /&gt;networking, and an optical UMD drive to run, the battery is working overtime to make&lt;br /&gt;sure you stay entertained for hours on end. Thankfully, Sony has included a rechargeable 1800&lt;br /&gt;mAh Lithium Ion battery to help out—normal alkaline batteries wouldn’t survive the load for&lt;br /&gt;long and would be darn expensive to replace all the time.&lt;br /&gt;On a full charge, you will get (and independent organizations have confirmed this) up to six&lt;br /&gt;hours of battery life when playing video games, and up to four hours for movies. This is assuming&lt;br /&gt;you’re running the screen at half intensity and half volume with wireless off. I tend to run&lt;br /&gt;with the brightness and volume all the way up, so take about 10 percent off that figure if you&lt;br /&gt;play the same way.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Network Capabilities&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Excluding games on PDAs and cell phones, the PSP is the only mass-market game system ever&lt;br /&gt;shipped with robust networking capabilities: 802.11b wireless, IrDA, and a Web browser (in&lt;br /&gt;firmware 2.0 and above). The PSP can also update itself over the Internet, making it the first&lt;br /&gt;mass-market handheld product with a network update function, similar to Microsoft’s&lt;br /&gt;Windows Update feature and Apple’s Software Update function.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;PSP Firmware Versions and Why They Matter&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The PSP has a “flashable” firmware, meaning it can be updated with bug fixes, and upgraded&lt;br /&gt;with new capabilities. This enables Sony to support new technologies as they emerge, address&lt;br /&gt;vulnerabilities in the PSP software (such as Web browser and buffer overrun vulnerabilities),&lt;br /&gt;and keep the product competitive as the market evolves. Unfortunately for us hackers, Sony&lt;br /&gt;removed the ability to program the PSP on our own starting with the 1.51 “update,” which featured&lt;br /&gt;“security updates”—just another way of saying “we don’t want software developers.” Of&lt;br /&gt;course, you don’t have to update to run most games on your 1.0 or 1.5 firmware PSP, and there&lt;br /&gt;are utilities, such as the WAB Version Changer (available from the official Hacking the PSP&lt;br /&gt;Web site) to get around such issues. Chapter 16, “Reverting from a 2.0 PSP to a 1.5 PSP,” discusses&lt;br /&gt;how to downgrade a firmware 2.0 PSP (not 2.01 or higher) back to version 1.5.&lt;br /&gt;If you are not going to program the PSP, the upgrades from Sony can be quite a boon.With&lt;br /&gt;firmware update 2.0, officially named System Software 2.0, Sony added a Web browser,&lt;br /&gt;enhanced wireless network access (supporting additional encryption technologies such as WPA&lt;br /&gt;and PSK), and support for MPEG-4, or AAC, audio files. These new features greatly&lt;br /&gt;enhanced the PSP’s already impressive media capabilities.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-8232235065545963094?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/8232235065545963094/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=8232235065545963094' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8232235065545963094'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8232235065545963094'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/sony-psp-strategy.html' title='Sony PSP Strategy'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-5771814788015420512</id><published>2008-09-04T12:02:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-04T12:07:39.369-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='PSP Tips'/><title type='text'>My PSP</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;In the PSP, Sony has engineered a true marvel of technology. Combining amazingly powerful&lt;br /&gt;data and media processing capabilities with a slim, long-life, portable form factor, Sony has literally&lt;br /&gt;started the next generation of media on-the-go. Competitors such as Apple, Creative,&lt;br /&gt;iRiver and many others are sure to latch onto the ability to have any type of media, anywhere&lt;br /&gt;you go. Add into the equation the power of built-in wireless Internet access, and any number of&lt;br /&gt;productivity and media applications, coupled with the high-resolution screen, and the PSP&lt;br /&gt;truly becomes a one-stop device.&lt;br /&gt;Unfortunately, Sony has limited the capabilities of the PSP by letting only humongous game&lt;br /&gt;companies write applications for it, and letting it play only limited (yet omnipresent) music and&lt;br /&gt;media formats with no chance for the grass roots developers, now called “hackers,” to write&lt;br /&gt;powerful applications and build an industry around the PSP. Many companies have done this&lt;br /&gt;before, and hackers have always found a way around it. In this book we’ll make the PSP do a&lt;br /&gt;lot of the stuff we know it can do.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;What you need to hack&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For the majority of these hacks, any PSP will do. There have been many firmware revisions&lt;br /&gt;(also called “system software” revisions) for the PSP. The first PSP, released only in Japan, was&lt;br /&gt;version 1.0. The U.S. PSP launched with version 1.5. Updates have been released—versions&lt;br /&gt;1.51, 1.52, and 2.0, among others.&lt;br /&gt;The only sections that are truly affected by firmware versions are the programming chapters,&lt;br /&gt;and the ability to run “homebrew” applications that you download from the Internet. There&lt;br /&gt;have been hundreds, if not thousands of homebrew applications released, ranging from simple&lt;br /&gt;console applications to neat games to PDA-like applications to old game system and Linux&lt;br /&gt;emulators.&lt;br /&gt;PSP firmware 1.0 allowed you to run these homebrew applications without any modification. PSP&lt;br /&gt;firmware 1.5 attempted to lock out homebrew applications (apparently, Sony doesn’t want you&lt;br /&gt;running software on your PSP from which they get no royalities). Hackers got around this limitation&lt;br /&gt;with a few “exploits” that let you run the homebrew software on the U.S. PSPs, which&lt;br /&gt;shipped with only firmware 1.5.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With a firmware update feature built into the PSP, Sony quickly released a “System Software&lt;br /&gt;Update” (version 1.51) that was supposed to “increase the security of the PSP operating system.”&lt;br /&gt;This was code for “we’re gonna stop the hackers with this update.” The update appeared&lt;br /&gt;to have foiled anybody’s attempt to launch homebrew applications from then on until some&lt;br /&gt;genius hackers were able to take advantage of an exploit in Sony’s PSP operating system and&lt;br /&gt;downgrade a version 2.0 PSP to version 1.5. Other attempts have been made to re-enable&lt;br /&gt;homebrew applications to run on firmware versions 2.01 and beyond, but as of the writing of&lt;br /&gt;this book that had not been completed successfully.&lt;br /&gt;It’s always a good idea to update your PSP manually instead of using the built-in update feature.&lt;br /&gt;This way, you get to keep the EBOOT.PBP, which is the application that updates your PSP. Should&lt;br /&gt;you need that EBOOT again, you will have access to it—otherwise you can’t “roll back” should&lt;br /&gt;you need to. This is a good practice to get into for any hardware platform you are hacking: only&lt;br /&gt;update when you need to, and always have a backup!&lt;br /&gt;Of course, over one million PSPs have been sold with the 1.5 firmware, so chances are your&lt;br /&gt;PSP came with that version. (You learn how to check your firmware version in Chapter 19,&lt;br /&gt;“Running Homebrew Applications.) You can also find version 1.5 PSPs in stores that sell used&lt;br /&gt;equipment, such as GameStop, EB Games, eBay, and many others. If your PSP came with or&lt;br /&gt;you have upgraded to firmware 2.0, which includes a host of new features as well as an official&lt;br /&gt;Sony Web browser, you can still downgrade that device to 1.5 using the hack in Chapter 16,&lt;br /&gt;“Reverting from a 2.0 PSP to a 1.5 PSP.”&lt;br /&gt;Either way, you can enjoy all of the hacks in this book, except the programming hacks, with&lt;br /&gt;any version of a PSP. Of course, if you want to program the PSP, I recommend getting a version&lt;br /&gt;that can run the hacks, because it’s a lot of fun (then again, I’m a software developer).&lt;br /&gt;Another item you should have handy is a USB cable to connect your PSP to your computer&lt;br /&gt;(these are usually mini-USB to full-size USB cables, available from any computer or electronics&lt;br /&gt;store). The only way to get data on your PSP effectively is through the USB port on the top of&lt;br /&gt;the device. Of course, you could use a Memory Stick reader connected to your computer, but&lt;br /&gt;the USB cable is much, much easier.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-5771814788015420512?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/5771814788015420512/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=5771814788015420512' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/5771814788015420512'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/5771814788015420512'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/my-psp.html' title='My PSP'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-8281112026295336869</id><published>2008-09-04T04:33:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-04T04:35:30.766-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Increase your ipod/iphone battery life</title><content type='html'>&lt;p itxtvisited="1"&gt;&lt;span itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;color:#990099;"&gt;Here's some tips to get the most out of your battery. That's  assuming that you have a good battery. I&lt;a href="#battery"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p itxtvisited="1"&gt;&lt;span itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;color:#990099;"&gt;&lt;strong itxtvisited="1"&gt;Turn It Off:&lt;/strong&gt; Hold down the Play  button for a few seconds until the iPod turns off. Then use the lock button to  keep it off until you want to use it again.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p itxtvisited="1"&gt;&lt;span itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;color:#990099;"&gt;&lt;strong itxtvisited="1"&gt;Kill the Clock:&lt;/strong&gt; Prevent the  clock from running by never setting it. This is tricky because when the clock is  connected to your computer it automatically sets itself. So reset the iPod just  before you disconnect it from your computer. To reset, press and hold "Menu" and  "Play" until the Apple logo appears (5-10 sec.).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong itxtvisited="1"&gt;General Battery Tips:&lt;/strong&gt; Charging  your iPod more frequently is NOT bad. The type of batteries used in the iPod,  Lithium-Ion Polyme, do NOT develop what is known as "memory effect". According  to Sony, the manufacturer, this battery should be charged to its fullest when  new, and should be charged as often as possible during the lifetime of the  battery. The problem with this new battery starts when you let its charge drain  to less than half. The specs for this battery describe a guaranteed battery life  of 500 cycles, but each cycle equals a 50% drain from full charge. Sony does not  recommend letting this battery completely drain before recharging it.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-8281112026295336869?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/8281112026295336869/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=8281112026295336869' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8281112026295336869'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8281112026295336869'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/increase-your-ipodiphone-battery-life.html' title='Increase your ipod/iphone battery life'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-300802771102756328</id><published>2008-09-04T04:08:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-04T04:17:48.124-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>How to rename your iPod</title><content type='html'>&lt;span itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;Want to change the name of your iPod? The first time you ran the  iPod Setup Assistant, you were asked to name your iPod. But many people are so  excited to use their new iPod that they blow right past this step. So what  should you do if you want to change the name of your iPod? &lt;/span&gt; &lt;p itxtvisited="1"&gt;&lt;span itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;Renaming your iPod is actually a very simple procedure (we get  tons of emails every month asking us how to do this). Here's a list of  step-by-step instructions&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt; on how to re&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;name your iPod:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p itxtvisited="1"&gt;&lt;span itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;b itxtvisited="1"&gt;HOW TO RENAME YOUR iPOD &lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol itxtvisited="1"&gt;&lt;li itxtvisited="1"&gt;&lt;span itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;Turn on your computer and open the iTunes application   &lt;/span&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li itxtvisited="1"&gt;&lt;span itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;Connect your &lt;a id="amzn_cl_link_0" href="http://amazon.com/gp/product/B000JLKIHA?ie=UTF8&amp;amp;tag=methodshopcom&amp;amp;link_code=em1&amp;amp;camp=212341&amp;amp;creative=384049&amp;amp;creativeASIN=B000JLKIHA&amp;amp;adid=11507e9c-c5b0-4c1e-9d7c-67f2207da91d" target="_blank"&gt;iPod&lt;/a&gt; to your computer. Wait until you see your iPod appear in  the iTunes Source list. In this example, my 60GB Video iPod is just called  "iPod". That's boring. Let's change it. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL_CYyX_x2I/AAAAAAAAAKU/WVtHmJSYKrM/s1600-h/ipod1.gif"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer;" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL_CYyX_x2I/AAAAAAAAAKU/WVtHmJSYKrM/s200/ipod1.gif" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242122222377617250" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;span itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;    3. Double click on your  iPod's name. The iPod's name should now be highlighted and editable&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL_DCzDB5sI/AAAAAAAAAKc/FW-_KjTkQbM/s1600-h/ipod2.gif"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 136px; height: 40px;" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL_DCzDB5sI/AAAAAAAAAKc/FW-_KjTkQbM/s200/ipod2.gif" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242122944112617154" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span itxtvisited="1"  style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt; 4. Type a new name. Press  &lt;i itxtvisited="1"&gt;Enter&lt;/i&gt;. This name is still boring, but at least you get  the idea right?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL_Dh2q7MXI/AAAAAAAAAKk/5rnkFHoXwYk/s1600-h/ipod3.gif"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer;" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL_Dh2q7MXI/AAAAAAAAAKk/5rnkFHoXwYk/s200/ipod3.gif" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5242123477661200754" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-300802771102756328?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/300802771102756328/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=300802771102756328' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/300802771102756328'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/300802771102756328'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/how-to-rename-your-ipod.html' title='How to rename your iPod'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL_CYyX_x2I/AAAAAAAAAKU/WVtHmJSYKrM/s72-c/ipod1.gif' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-1107154684413880417</id><published>2008-09-04T04:00:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-04T04:03:51.099-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Skipping Music on iPod</title><content type='html'>&lt;p itxtvisited="1" align="left"&gt;&lt;span itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;When your music sounds bad or skips during playback, here's what  to look for:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p itxtvisited="1" align="left"&gt;&lt;span itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;b itxtvisited="1"&gt;1)&lt;/b&gt; You may have a  bad pair of headphones. I ruined a pair last year when I accidentally left my  iPod on while inside my backpack. I think the volume was turned on &lt;a id="amzn_cl_link_1" href="http://amazon.com/gp/product/B000QMP0G6?ie=UTF8&amp;amp;tag=methodshopcom&amp;amp;link_code=em1&amp;amp;camp=212341&amp;amp;creative=384049&amp;amp;creativeASIN=B000QMP0G6&amp;amp;adid=83881cb7-7b83-4f9c-b4b2-6acca6286b05" target="_blank"&gt;full blast&lt;/a&gt; and blew out the headphones after playing until the  iPod's battery ran out. After that, all my music sounded like crap. But when I  hooked up a new pair of headphones, everything on my iPod sounded  fine.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p itxtvisited="1" align="left"&gt;&lt;span itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;b itxtvisited="1"&gt;2)&lt;/b&gt; Also check under SETTINGS for the &lt;a href="/gadgets/tutorials/ituneseq/index.shtml"&gt;EQ function&lt;/a&gt;. You may have a  weird setting like TREBBLE BOOST on. This would make all your music sound like  AM radio. Change it here on your iPod: &lt;i itxtvisited="1"&gt;Settings &gt; EQ  (adjust to your liking)&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p itxtvisited="1" align="left"&gt;&lt;span itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;b itxtvisited="1"&gt;3) &lt;/b&gt;Music glitches, pauses and skips on  your iPod probably mean one thing: a &lt;i itxtvisited="1"&gt;&lt;b itxtvisited="1"&gt;fragmented&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/i&gt; hard drive. Do you have a disk utility  program? Try a program like &lt;a href="http://www.amazon.com/dp/B000BAWLY2?tag=methodshopcom&amp;amp;link_code=as3&amp;amp;creativeASIN=B000BAWLY2&amp;amp;creative=373489&amp;amp;camp=211189" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;Norton Systemworks&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (PC) or &lt;a href="http://www.amazon.com/dp/B000095YXH?tag=methodshopcom&amp;amp;link_code=as3&amp;amp;creativeASIN=B000095YXH&amp;amp;creative=373489&amp;amp;camp=211189" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;span style="color:#000000;"&gt;Disk Warrior&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (Mac) and run it on  your iPod, as if it were an external drive. You may also need to &lt;a href="/gadgets/ipodsupport/erase/index.shtml"&gt;erase the music on your iPod&lt;/a&gt;  and start fresh. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p itxtvisited="1" align="left"&gt;&lt;span itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;b itxtvisited="1"&gt;4)&lt;/b&gt; If you have problems with music  skipping on your computer, you should run the same defrag programs mentioned  above on the hard drive that contains all your iTunes music. If you are still  getting music glitches in iTunes, the file may have gotten messed up during  import. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote itxtvisited="1"&gt; &lt;p itxtvisited="1" align="left"&gt;&lt;span itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;When you import CDs into iTunes make sure:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul itxtvisited="1"&gt;&lt;li itxtvisited="1"&gt;&lt;span align="left" itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;You have enough hard drive space on your computer.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li itxtvisited="1"&gt;&lt;span align="left" itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;If you have a slow computer and/or not a lot or RAM, quit all  other programs (besides iTunes) during the import process.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p itxtvisited="1" align="left"&gt;&lt;span itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;When I imported a few CDs on an old slow computer, I got lots of  bad quality audio files. The skips and glitches in your songs may be your  computer choking during the import.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p itxtvisited="1" align="left"&gt;&lt;span itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;The other reason for skipping tracks could be some form of copy  protection. Read the fine print on the back of the CD cover and on the disc  itself. Some additional information about copy protection issues may be  provided.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p itxtvisited="1" align="left"&gt;&lt;span itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;b itxtvisited="1"&gt;5) &lt;/b&gt;If you defragmented your iPod and are  still having issues with the audio, you can try to &lt;a href="/gadgets/ipodsupport/erase/index.shtml"&gt;restore&lt;/a&gt; the iPod to the  factory settings or &lt;a href="/gadgets/ipodsupport/erase/index.shtml"&gt;erase  it&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p itxtvisited="1" align="left"&gt;&lt;span itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;b itxtvisited="1"&gt;6) &lt;/b&gt;The  iPod's skip protection works best with compressed audio files. This allows  multiple songs to fit into iPod's 32 MB memory cache. If your audio files are  large, or are uncompressed (such as songs in AIFF or WAV format), you may want  to compress them, and use the MP3 or AAC compressors when importing new songs.  Just put the original CD back in your computer and change your import settings  in iTunes. Import the music. Then delete the bad music off your iPod and copy  the newly imported music onto it. Also, if you are having problems with high  bitrate MP3s, convert the files to AAC files at either 160 or 128. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p itxtvisited="1" align="left"&gt;&lt;span itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;b itxtvisited="1"&gt;7) &lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;Your  iPod may be suffering from a bad sector issue. You can try putting your iPod  into &lt;a href="/gadgets/ipodsupport/diagnosticmode/index.shtml"&gt;diagnostic  mode&lt;/a&gt; and scan the hard drive for bad blocks. If you find some bad blocks,  try running a a full read/write test. This will remap what bad sectors it can  and erase all the data on your iPod.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p itxtvisited="1" align="left"&gt;&lt;span itxtvisited="1"   style="font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;b itxtvisited="1"&gt;8)&lt;/b&gt; If nothing listed here works, you may  also hear a loud irregular clicking or spinning noise. That's &lt;a id="amzn_cl_link_2" href="http://amazon.com/gp/product/B000QLBYKS?ie=UTF8&amp;amp;tag=methodshopcom&amp;amp;link_code=em1&amp;amp;camp=212341&amp;amp;creative=384049&amp;amp;creativeASIN=B000QLBYKS&amp;amp;adid=239cb19c-4fba-4343-ac30-a23813b45a95" target="_blank"&gt;the sad song&lt;/a&gt; of a bad hard drive. Your only real option now is  to send it out to get fixed or replaced. Try our &lt;a href="/gadgets/vip/index.shtml" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;VIP Repair  Service.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; Well if you do have to send it in to get fixed, you might  want to upgrade the hard drive size while you are at it&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-1107154684413880417?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/1107154684413880417/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=1107154684413880417' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/1107154684413880417'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/1107154684413880417'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/skipping-music-on-ipod.html' title='Skipping Music on iPod'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-4025486999983179583</id><published>2008-09-04T03:14:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-04T03:16:25.924-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Freeware application'/><title type='text'>Undelete 2009</title><content type='html'>Diskeeper Corporation’s Undelete 2009 replaces a computer’s recycle bin with a “Recovery Bin” that captures all data including digital photos and files commonly missed by the Windows recycle bin. It even recovers earlier “saved over” versions of Microsoft files. You can “View Versions” and preview files before recovery to help find the right one. It’s far easier and faster than going to back up. All of your data is protected in real time.&lt;br /&gt;InvisiTasking processing technology performs Undelete’s operations with zero overhead to ensure no performance hit. SecureDelete 2.0 an electronic data shredder, does ensure that selected confidential files and file remnants are permanently erased and unrecoverable. Emergency Undelete recovers files deleted before installing Undelete 2009.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Download Link : &lt;a href="http://consumer.diskeeper.com/downloads/Downloads.aspx?RId=&amp;amp;SId=2&amp;amp;CId=&amp;amp;Aeid=&amp;amp;Apid"&gt;http://consumer.diskeeper.com/downloads/Downloads.aspx?RId=&amp;amp;SId=2&amp;amp;CId=&amp;amp;Aeid=&amp;amp;Apid&lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-4025486999983179583?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/4025486999983179583/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=4025486999983179583' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/4025486999983179583'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/4025486999983179583'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/undelete-2009.html' title='Undelete 2009'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-8006909585584970087</id><published>2008-09-03T08:55:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-03T09:01:22.408-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Replacing Your Battery and Other Power Concern</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;With a little luck, your most pressing power concerns these&lt;br /&gt;days are reducing your carbon shoe size and hoping that they&lt;br /&gt;don’t re-form Power Station. If you’re experiencing additional&lt;br /&gt;power troubles—for example, with regards to your iPod—&lt;br /&gt;perhaps this chapter can be of service.&lt;br /&gt;Whenever the words iPod and power come up in the&lt;br /&gt;same sentence, Brandon immediately thinks of the battery.&lt;br /&gt;Replacing iPod batteries is one of the most common repairs&lt;br /&gt;that his company Synctogo.com makes, because, over time,&lt;br /&gt;the battery is the component most likely to fail.&lt;br /&gt;As far as repairs go, replacing the battery isn’t especially&lt;br /&gt;technical. In fact, for most iPods, it’s probably the easiest,&lt;br /&gt;Occasionally, the battery isn’t the source of your power&lt;br /&gt;trouble. We conclude this chapter with suggestions and&lt;br /&gt;advice for dealing wi&lt;br /&gt;Check the Signs of a Bad Battery&lt;br /&gt;What makes a battery go bad? A troubled home environment? Actually, it’s&lt;br /&gt;not so sad a story. Your battery goes bad naturally just from regular use. It has&lt;br /&gt;a lifetime of about a year to a year and a half, or about 500 full-charge cycles.&lt;br /&gt;After that, it starts to show its age.&lt;br /&gt;The most common sign that your battery is ready to be replaced is that it&lt;br /&gt;doesn’t hold a charge for as long as it once did. You find yourself plugging in&lt;br /&gt;your iPod more regularly, and the battery seems to get depleted more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;Another sure sign is that the low-battery warning appears constantly on your&lt;br /&gt;iPod’s liquid crystal display (LCD). Whether you get an icon or a warning&lt;br /&gt;screen depends on your model of iPod..&lt;br /&gt;You might also find that your iPod works fine when you plug it into a charger,&lt;br /&gt;but that it dies immediately when you attempt to run it from the battery. In this&lt;br /&gt;case, your battery isn’t just dying; it’s dead. Time for a replacement.th non-battery power concerns.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-8006909585584970087?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/8006909585584970087/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=8006909585584970087' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8006909585584970087'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8006909585584970087'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/replacing-your-battery-and-other-power.html' title='Replacing Your Battery and Other Power Concern'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-7910381564652300780</id><published>2008-09-03T08:40:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-03T08:54:31.645-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Open Your-Generation iPod Nano</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Open a Second-Generation iPod Nano&lt;br /&gt;To open a second-generation iPod nano:&lt;br /&gt;1. This step is optional, so feel free to skip it. With your hair dryer or heat gun, heat the&lt;br /&gt;top and bottom pieces of the iPod nano until they are fairly warm to the touch. As with&lt;br /&gt;the iPod mini, you want to soften up the adhesive that holds the plastic, not deform the&lt;br /&gt;plastic or melt it.&lt;br /&gt;2. Carefully pry off the plastic pieces on the top and bottom of the iPod nano by wedging&lt;br /&gt;your plastic tool or flat-headed screwdriver between the metal shell and the plastic pieces.&lt;br /&gt;3. At the top of the iPod nano, you see two small screws, one on each side .&lt;br /&gt;With your Phillips-head screwdriver, remove both screws.&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241821985343231122" style="DISPLAY: block; MARGIN: 0px auto 10px; CURSOR: hand; TEXT-ALIGN: center" alt="" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6xUsQ3VJI/AAAAAAAAAJk/HvpszKz-VIA/s200/3-14.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;4. At the bottom of the iPod nano, you see two more small screws . With&lt;br /&gt;your Phillips-head screwdriver, remove those as well.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241822260248828802" style="DISPLAY: block; MARGIN: 0px auto 10px; CURSOR: hand; TEXT-ALIGN: center" alt="" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6xksXd24I/AAAAAAAAAJs/VUrD70Uzn5I/s200/3-15.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. Pull out the audio jack, but don’t pull it all the way out, because it is attached by a&lt;br /&gt;ribbon cable . Handle both the jack and the cable carefully.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241822579331282018" style="DISPLAY: block; MARGIN: 0px auto 10px; CURSOR: hand; TEXT-ALIGN: center" alt="" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6x3RCptGI/AAAAAAAAAJ0/wzyfILwCYOc/s200/3-16.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. Under the audio jack, you find another screw that was previously hidden. Take out this&lt;br /&gt;screw as well&lt;br /&gt;7. Take out the small metal bracket that surrounds the docking port by prying it gently&lt;br /&gt;with your plastic tool or flat-headed screwdriver&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241823046459160882" style="DISPLAY: block; MARGIN: 0px auto 10px; CURSOR: hand; TEXT-ALIGN: center" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6ySdOneTI/AAAAAAAAAJ8/gdhVcda6FRo/s200/3-18.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. Disconnect the audio jack from the logic board. (This step can be a little sketchy,&lt;br /&gt;because you can’t completely see what you’re doing.) To do this, take your plastic&lt;br /&gt;tool or flat-headed screwdriver, and carefully pull the audio-jack connector toward&lt;br /&gt;the front of the iPod until the connector comes unplugged .&lt;br /&gt;However, do not remove the audio jack from the iPod, as it is still connected to&lt;br /&gt;the Click Wheel.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241823533552438210" style="DISPLAY: block; MARGIN: 0px auto 10px; CURSOR: hand; TEXT-ALIGN: center" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6yuzytC8I/AAAAAAAAAKE/0esK0p05Dx4/s200/3-19.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. Very carefully take your plastic tool or flat-headed screwdriver, and push the logic&lt;br /&gt;board through the casing . Note that the Click Wheel and audio jack&lt;br /&gt;remain inside the casing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241823848494940258" style="DISPLAY: block; MARGIN: 0px auto 10px; CURSOR: hand; TEXT-ALIGN: center" alt="" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6zBJC2QGI/AAAAAAAAAKM/vpfA7tVpFRI/s200/3-20.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-7910381564652300780?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/7910381564652300780/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=7910381564652300780' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/7910381564652300780'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/7910381564652300780'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/open-your-generation-ipod-nano.html' title='Open Your-Generation iPod Nano'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6xUsQ3VJI/AAAAAAAAAJk/HvpszKz-VIA/s72-c/3-14.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-2051731249296900054</id><published>2008-09-03T08:28:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-03T08:39:50.510-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>open your iPod Mini</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Open Your iPod Mini&lt;br /&gt;To open a first- or second-generation iPod mini:&lt;br /&gt;1. This step is optional, so feel free to skip it. With your hair dryer or heat gun, heat the&lt;br /&gt;top and bottom pieces of the iPod mini until they are fairly warm to the touch. Your goal&lt;br /&gt;here is to soften up the adhesive behind the plastic. You do not want to deform the&lt;br /&gt;plastic or melt it.&lt;br /&gt;2. Carefully pry off the white plastic pieces on the top and bottom of the iPod mini. To do&lt;br /&gt;this, wedge your plastic tool or flat-headed screwdriver between the metal shell and&lt;br /&gt;the white plastic pieces.&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241818431558092082" style="DISPLAY: block; MARGIN: 0px auto 10px; CURSOR: hand; TEXT-ALIGN: center" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6uF1YdhTI/AAAAAAAAAI0/j4tQSno91kI/s200/3-8.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. At the top of the iPod mini, you see two small screws: one on each side.&lt;br /&gt;With your Phillips-head screwdriver, remove both screws. &lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241819217679225458" style="DISPLAY: block; MARGIN: 0px auto 10px; CURSOR: hand; TEXT-ALIGN: center" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6uzl6WEnI/AAAAAAAAAJE/uWNNpNvDh0U/s200/3-9.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. At the bottom of the iPod mini, you see a small piece of metal. You need to remove&lt;br /&gt;it, but don’t worry. It should come out easily enough. The piece of metal is springclipped&lt;br /&gt;in place. Dislodge the two clips; a screwdriver works better here than your &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241819436184123282" style="DISPLAY: block; MARGIN: 0px auto 10px; CURSOR: hand; TEXT-ALIGN: center" alt="" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6vAT5-N5I/AAAAAAAAAJM/Ouhsr6SVgMo/s200/3-10.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;plastic tool. Then pry out the piece of metal with your plastic tool or flat-headed&lt;br /&gt;screwdriver&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241819685528339858" style="DISPLAY: block; MARGIN: 0px auto 10px; CURSOR: hand; TEXT-ALIGN: center" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6vO0yRBZI/AAAAAAAAAJU/cYgfluLDzo0/s200/3-11.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. Behind the piece of metal, you see the button of the Click Wheel.&lt;br /&gt;Gently—for the love of Janis, gently—unplug the Click Wheel&lt;br /&gt;connector .&lt;br /&gt;6. Carefully push from the bottom, and slide the insides of the iPod&lt;br /&gt;mini out through the top as you hum “Within&lt;br /&gt;You Without You” from Sgt. Pepper.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241820034502756834" style="DISPLAY: block; MARGIN: 0px auto 10px; CURSOR: hand; TEXT-ALIGN: center" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6vjI0QCeI/AAAAAAAAAJc/F6pkI-TDVYI/s200/3-12.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-2051731249296900054?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/2051731249296900054/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=2051731249296900054' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/2051731249296900054'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/2051731249296900054'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/open-your-ipod-mini.html' title='open your iPod Mini'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6uF1YdhTI/AAAAAAAAAI0/j4tQSno91kI/s72-c/3-8.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-6320638976607850557</id><published>2008-09-03T07:42:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-03T07:53:54.766-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Open Your Third or Fourth Generation iPod</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Open Your Third- or Fourth-Generation&lt;br /&gt;iPod or Your iPod Photo&lt;br /&gt;To open a third- or fourth-generation iPod or an iPod photo:&lt;br /&gt;1. Turn the iPod on its side, and measure about two inches from the bottom.&lt;br /&gt;2. Take your plastic tool or flat-headed screwdriver, and carefully but firmly&lt;br /&gt;wedge it between the plastic front and the metal back at the position you&lt;br /&gt;located in step 1.&lt;br /&gt;3. Use the plastic tool or the flat-headed screwdriver as a lever to crack open&lt;br /&gt;the case.&lt;br /&gt;4. Carefully slide the plastic tool or the flat-headed screwdriver down the side of the&lt;br /&gt;iPod to release all the clips that hold it together.&lt;br /&gt;5. Begin to remove the back from the iPod, but don’t take it all the way off just yet. As&lt;br /&gt;soon as you can, unplug the audio jack (see Figure 3-4). Do this before completely&lt;br /&gt;taking off the back. If you don’t, you can damage your iPod. To unplug the audio jack,&lt;br /&gt;try using your fingers, or pry the audio jack with your opening tool if the jack won’t&lt;br /&gt;budge. The audio cable attached to the jack is delicate, so easy does it.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241805822864743138" style="DISPLAY: block; MARGIN: 0px auto 10px; CURSOR: hand; TEXT-ALIGN: center" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6in6VtWuI/AAAAAAAAAIM/gPHDGQKomgA/s320/3-4.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. With the audio jack unplugged, take the back the rest of the way off.&lt;br /&gt;Open Your iPod Video&lt;br /&gt;To open your fifth-generation iPod:&lt;br /&gt;1. Turn the iPod on its side, and measure about two inches from the bottom of the unit.&lt;br /&gt;2. Take your plastic tool or flat-headed screwdriver, and carefully but firmly&lt;br /&gt;wedge it between the plastic front and the metal back at the position you&lt;br /&gt;located in step 1.&lt;br /&gt;3. Use the plastic tool or the flat-headed screwdriver as a lever to crack open&lt;br /&gt;the case.&lt;br /&gt;4. Carefully slide the plastic tool or the flat-headed screwdriver down the side of the&lt;br /&gt;iPod to release all the clips that hold it together.&lt;br /&gt;5. Gently pick up the back, but don’t take it all the way off just yet. Notice that&lt;br /&gt;there are two ribbon cables connecting the back to the logic board of the iPod&lt;br /&gt;6. Unplug the cables from the logic&lt;br /&gt;board one at a time .&lt;br /&gt;The connectors are held with a clip.&lt;br /&gt;Release the clip, and pull the cables&lt;br /&gt;out. Be very gentle with the cables; &lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241806476634886514" style="DISPLAY: block; MARGIN: 0px auto 10px; CURSOR: hand; TEXT-ALIGN: center" alt="" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6jN90qEXI/AAAAAAAAAIU/4VcHDhVRPGk/s320/3-5.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;they can tear rather easily.&lt;br /&gt;7. With the cables unplugged, take&lt;br /&gt;the back the rest of the way off&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6j4heNiSI/AAAAAAAAAIc/_MPr7bGX8a0/s1600-h/3-6+1.png"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241807207758924066" style="FLOAT: right; MARGIN: 0px 0px 10px 10px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6j4heNiSI/AAAAAAAAAIc/_MPr7bGX8a0/s320/3-6+1.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241807983674808242" style="DISPLAY: block; MARGIN: 0px auto 10px; CURSOR: hand; TEXT-ALIGN: center" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6klr--V7I/AAAAAAAAAIs/ACDpYnMW6OU/s320/3-7.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241807733734851458" style="DISPLAY: block; MARGIN: 0px auto 10px; CURSOR: hand; TEXT-ALIGN: center" alt="" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6kXI4pQ4I/AAAAAAAAAIk/B96kRyxrQBs/s320/3-6+2.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-6320638976607850557?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/6320638976607850557/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=6320638976607850557' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/6320638976607850557'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/6320638976607850557'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/open-your-third-or-fourth-generation.html' title='Open Your Third or Fourth Generation iPod'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6in6VtWuI/AAAAAAAAAIM/gPHDGQKomgA/s72-c/3-4.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-1534480114134834222</id><published>2008-09-03T07:35:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-03T07:42:07.728-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Open Your iPod First Generation</title><content type='html'>&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Open Your iPod&lt;br /&gt;Some iPods love to pop right open, while some just want to stay closed, but&lt;br /&gt;patience rewards all practitioners. Keep at it, and don’t get too frustrated;&lt;br /&gt;anyone can open any iPod. (The same holds true as dating advice.) We talk&lt;br /&gt;about the iPod mini and the iPod nano later in this chapter.&lt;br /&gt;Open Your First- or Second-Generation iPod&lt;br /&gt;To open a first- or second-generation iPod:&lt;br /&gt;1. Turn the iPod on its side, and measure about two inches from the bottom.&lt;br /&gt;2. Take your plastic tool or flat-headed screwdriver, and carefully but firmly wedge it&lt;br /&gt;between the plastic front and the metal back at the position you located in step 1.&lt;br /&gt;If you have problems, you might try running your tool along the crack and gradually&lt;br /&gt;working it in.&lt;br /&gt;3. Use the plastic tool or the flat-headed screwdriver as a lever to crack open the case&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241804309079124274" style="DISPLAY: block; MARGIN: 0px auto 10px; CURSOR: hand; TEXT-ALIGN: center" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6hPzDF6TI/AAAAAAAAAH0/oVjjHswaIvI/s320/3-1.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. Carefully slide the plastic tool or the flat-headed screwdriver down the side of the iPod&lt;br /&gt;to release all the clips that hold it together&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241804597889432210" style="DISPLAY: block; MARGIN: 0px auto 10px; CURSOR: hand; TEXT-ALIGN: center" alt="" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6hgm81epI/AAAAAAAAAH8/hThDZbvBRRE/s320/3-2.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. Carefully remove the back from the&lt;br /&gt;iPod&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241804995576643986" style="DISPLAY: block; MARGIN: 0px auto 10px; CURSOR: hand; TEXT-ALIGN: center" alt="" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6h3wc2wZI/AAAAAAAAAIE/5czh8lV9Zhw/s320/3-3.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-1534480114134834222?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/1534480114134834222/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=1534480114134834222' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/1534480114134834222'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/1534480114134834222'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/open-your-ipod-first-generation.html' title='Open Your iPod First Generation'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6hPzDF6TI/AAAAAAAAAH0/oVjjHswaIvI/s72-c/3-1.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-3101588855686975317</id><published>2008-09-03T07:26:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-03T07:27:40.558-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Handle a Frozen Apple Logo</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Normally, when you turn on your iPod, the Apple logo appears for a couple&lt;br /&gt;of seconds before the iPod loads to the main menu. Occasionally, the iPod gets&lt;br /&gt;stuck on this logo.&lt;br /&gt;If this happens to you, put the iPod into Disk Mode through the diagnostic&lt;br /&gt;menu. Then connect the iPod to your computer and update or restore the iPod.&lt;br /&gt;Sometimes you can get away with just updating the iPod, so try that first, but&lt;br /&gt;usually you have to restore the iPod, too. As before, make backups of your&lt;br /&gt;music files, because the restore procedure will obliterate them.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-3101588855686975317?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/3101588855686975317/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=3101588855686975317' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/3101588855686975317'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/3101588855686975317'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/handle-frozen-apple-logo.html' title='Handle a Frozen Apple Logo'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-8639808868612381351</id><published>2008-09-03T07:22:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-03T07:26:37.906-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Low Battery and Use iTunes to restore Screen</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Check the Signs of a Low Battery&lt;br /&gt;When John Lennon’s energy was on the wane, he wrote tunes like “I’m So&lt;br /&gt;Tired” for the Beatles. Your iPod shows icons, screens, and symbols instead.&lt;br /&gt;Nine times out of ten, you can solve all battery issues simply by plugging in,&lt;br /&gt;just like Dylan did at the Newport Folk Festival. Occasionally, the battery itself&lt;br /&gt;is bad, but now we’re getting ahead of ourselves. If your iPod is experiencing&lt;br /&gt;power issues, this section gives you a place to start.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Interpret the Low-Battery&lt;br /&gt;Warning Screen&lt;br /&gt;The low-battery warning screen  is&lt;br /&gt;the new version of the low-battery icon. It displays&lt;br /&gt;on all the newer iPods—the ones with a color&lt;br /&gt;display, that is—when the iPod’s charge is low.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Interpret the Use iTunes To Restore Screen&lt;br /&gt;“Connect to your computer. Use iTunes to restore.” Ever come across this&lt;br /&gt;screen? It appears when your iPod is experiencing certain kinds of software&lt;br /&gt;issues. Not all iPods show this warning. You see it on fifth-generation iPods&lt;br /&gt;with software version 1.1.2 or later, first-generation iPod nanos with software&lt;br /&gt;version 1.2 or later, and all second-generation iPod nanos.&lt;br /&gt;At the risk of stating the obvious, when you see this screen, you need to restore&lt;br /&gt;your iPod. Restoring the iPod means wiping the disk drive completely clean and&lt;br /&gt;reloading the original factory settings. It’s the iPod equivalent of a total system&lt;br /&gt;restore on your computer. You complete this procedure through the iTunes&lt;br /&gt;software, not through your iPod’s diagnostic menu.&lt;br /&gt;To start, simply connect your iPod to your computer and follow the prompts.&lt;br /&gt;On a Mac, you see a message in iTunes that says, “The software on the iPod ‘My&lt;br /&gt;iPod’ is damaged and needs to be repaired before it can be used with iTunes.&lt;br /&gt;Would you like to repair your iPod software now?” Click OK to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;On a Windows PC, a message pops up that says, “iPod Not Readable. This iPod&lt;br /&gt;needs to be reformatted for use on your PC. Click on the Update button below&lt;br /&gt;to run the application that&lt;br /&gt;will allow you to reformat or restore your iPod.” Just click update proceed.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-8639808868612381351?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/8639808868612381351/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=8639808868612381351' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8639808868612381351'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8639808868612381351'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/low-battery-and-use-itunes-to-restore.html' title='Low Battery and Use iTunes to restore Screen'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-5501034020261245713</id><published>2008-09-03T06:35:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-03T06:53:11.681-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Decipher the Diagnostic Menu</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The diagnostic menu is all about choices, choices,&lt;br /&gt;choices, and when you see them, you might feel like&lt;br /&gt;you’re looking at hieroglyphics. Not all iPods offer the exact&lt;br /&gt;same diagnostic options, so if you don’t see some of&lt;br /&gt;these in the menu, don’t sweat it too much.&lt;br /&gt;To use the diagnostic menu, navigate the options&lt;br /&gt;with the Forward and Back buttons, and press the&lt;br /&gt;Select button to select an option.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;OPTION FUNCTION&lt;br /&gt;5 In 1 - Performs multiple tests, including memory, backlight, and the Universal&lt;br /&gt;Serial Bus (USB) ports&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Reset - Resets the iPod&lt;br /&gt;Key -  Checks the keys on the Click Wheel; press a key, and the iPod tells you&lt;br /&gt;whether your keypress registered&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Chgr Curr  - Uncertain, but it appears to turn the charging methods on and off&lt;br /&gt;Remote -  Tests the functionality of the remote control; be sure to plug in the remote&lt;br /&gt;before running this test&lt;br /&gt;Hp Status - Checks the state of the hold switch and tells you if there is anything&lt;br /&gt;plugged into the audio jack&lt;br /&gt;Sleep - Puts the iPod to sleep&lt;br /&gt;Batt A2D - Checks the iPod’s power supply&lt;br /&gt;Firewire - Checks the FireWire chip&lt;br /&gt;HDD R/W - Checks that the hard drive can read and write; returns HDD Pass if it can&lt;br /&gt;Smrt Dat - Performs another hard drive test&lt;br /&gt;HDD Scan  - Scans the hard drive; returns HDD Pass or HDD Fail, depending on the&lt;br /&gt;results of the scan&lt;br /&gt;Read SN -  Reads the iPod’s serial number&lt;br /&gt;Diskmode - Puts the iPod into Disk Mode&lt;br /&gt;Wheel - Returns different values when you run your thumb around the Click&lt;br /&gt;Wheel&lt;br /&gt;Contrast - Checks the contrast of the LCD&lt;br /&gt;Audio - Displays the audio gain&lt;br /&gt;Status  - Tells you if you have anything plugged into your iPod&lt;br /&gt;Drv Temp - Displays the temperature of the hard drive&lt;br /&gt;Iram Test -  Test the iPod’s flash memory&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Interpret the Sad Face&lt;br /&gt;When you’re in a bad mood, you probably flash a&lt;br /&gt;sad face. Your iPod does the same.&lt;br /&gt;Its sad face usually appears when there is some&lt;br /&gt;sort of hardware issue. For instance, you might&lt;br /&gt;see the sad face after you drop your iPod, throw it&lt;br /&gt;at someone, or handle it too roughly.&lt;br /&gt;If you’re getting the sad face, check your warranty before you do anything else.&lt;br /&gt;You should try to get your iPod serviced or replaced under warranty whenever&lt;br /&gt;possible. Keep in mind that your warranty won’t cover you if Apple determines&lt;br /&gt;that you abused your iPod, which is as good a reason as any to treat your&lt;br /&gt;property with care.&lt;br /&gt;If your iPod is still under warranty, go with that option. If your warranty has&lt;br /&gt;expired, or if you voided the warranty yourself by abusing your iPod, read on.&lt;br /&gt;First, bring up the diagnostic menu as described in “Use the Diagnostic Menu”&lt;br /&gt;earlier in this chapter. Scroll down to the HDD Scan option and press the Select&lt;br /&gt;button to select it. The iPod scans the hard drive, which can take a while to finish.&lt;br /&gt;When the scan is complete, your iPod returns either HDD Scan Pass or HDD&lt;br /&gt;Scan Fail. A failing grade here means that the hard drive is most likely the&lt;br /&gt;source of the problem. The good news is that this is something you can fix&lt;br /&gt;yourself. We talk about replacing your iPod’s hard drive in Chapter 6. The bad&lt;br /&gt;news is that you might lose some data, especially if you don’t have backup&lt;br /&gt;copies of your music files somewhere, like on your computer. You do keep&lt;br /&gt;backup copies, right?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Interpret the Folder Icon&lt;br /&gt;Occasionally, the iPod’s folder icon means the same thing as&lt;br /&gt;the sad face—namely, a hardware issue—but more often it means that your&lt;br /&gt;iPod is having a software issue. Perhaps your iPod’s operating system is not&lt;br /&gt;functioning fully or your hard drive is not completely connecting. The chances&lt;br /&gt;are pretty good that you can fix your iPod with a minimum of fuss, although&lt;br /&gt;you might end up having to replace some parts.&lt;br /&gt;When you see the folder icon, try resetting the iPod. Hold down the Menu and&lt;br /&gt;Play buttons (first-, second-, and third-generation iPods) or the Menu and Select&lt;br /&gt;buttons (fourth- and fifth-generation iPods, the iPod photo, iPod mini, and iPod&lt;br /&gt;nano), and wait about eight seconds. If the folder icon goes away after the iPod&lt;br /&gt;restarts, consider the problem solved.&lt;br /&gt;If you’re still getting the folder icon, connect the iPod to your computer and try&lt;br /&gt;to restore the iPod using iTunes. (See “Troubleshoot Other Problems” later in&lt;br /&gt;this chapter for valuable tips about restoring.)&lt;br /&gt;If that doesn’t clear up the problem, you might want to check the hard drive&lt;br /&gt;connection. To do this, you need to crack open the iPod’s case (see Chapter 3 for&lt;br /&gt;details). Once you’ve opened your iPod, disconnect the hard drive connector&lt;br /&gt;from the logic board and then plug it back in. Normally, this fix resets the hard&lt;br /&gt;drive. It can get the iPod working again—sometimes temporarily, sometimes for&lt;br /&gt;the long haul—but you shouldn’t attempt it until you’re more familiar with the&lt;br /&gt;procedures.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-5501034020261245713?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/5501034020261245713/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=5501034020261245713' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/5501034020261245713'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/5501034020261245713'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/decipher-diagnostic-menu.html' title='Decipher the Diagnostic Menu'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-1336759955031534028</id><published>2008-09-03T05:48:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-03T06:28:36.447-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Diagnosing your Ipod</title><content type='html'>&lt;a href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6QsbyqdRI/AAAAAAAAAHs/EVjAfb8CXkE/s1600-h/2-2.png"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241786109354734866" style="FLOAT: right; MARGIN: 0px 0px 10px 10px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6QsbyqdRI/AAAAAAAAAHs/EVjAfb8CXkE/s200/2-2.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Technology breaks, and humans get frustrated. Sometimes&lt;br /&gt;you don’t know where to start. Sometimes you don’t want to&lt;br /&gt;know. You just want your stuff to work like it ought to.&lt;br /&gt;Diagnosing your iPod can be a pain, because it isn’t always&lt;br /&gt;an easy or straightforward task. The meanings of the warning&lt;br /&gt;icons and screens might not make a whole lot of sense when&lt;br /&gt;they appear and interrupt your tunes. Plus, depending on the&lt;br /&gt;circumstances, the same icon might mean different things,&lt;br /&gt;from hardware issues to software issues. Who wouldn’t get&lt;br /&gt;frustrated?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The diagnostic menu presents a battery of technical tests to run when your&lt;br /&gt;iPod is on the fritz. It’s invaluable in helping you figure out what’s wrong with&lt;br /&gt;your iPod, and it’s often the first stop on the road to recovery. In this section, we&lt;br /&gt;show you how to access the diagnostic menu and navigate its options. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Access the Diagnostic Menu on an Older iPod&lt;br /&gt;To access the diagnostic menu on a first-generation, second-generation, or thirdgeneration&lt;br /&gt;iPod:&lt;br /&gt;1. Reset your iPod by holding down the Menu and Play buttons simultaneously ( see 2 in red color)&lt;br /&gt;. Don’t be too impatient! You need to hold the buttons&lt;br /&gt;for five to eight seconds.&lt;br /&gt;2. After the iPod shuts down, it should turn back on almost immediately. Once you see&lt;br /&gt;the Apple logo appear on the liquid crystal display (LCD), hold down the Forward, &lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6OqvC96aI/AAAAAAAAAHU/RTWD0kxmqBE/s1600-h/2-3+i.PNG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241783881140398498" style="FLOAT: right; MARGIN: 0px 0px 10px 10px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6OqvC96aI/AAAAAAAAAHU/RTWD0kxmqBE/s200/2-3+i.PNG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Back, and Select buttons simultaneously (see 3 in red color ) until the backwards Apple&lt;br /&gt;logo appears. The third-generation iPod makes an audible chirp when you access the&lt;br /&gt;diagnostic menu.&lt;br /&gt;3. The next screen asks you to press Play to continue. Press the Play button. You can&lt;br /&gt;now select options from the diagnostic menu.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Access the Diagnostic Menu on a Newer iPod&lt;br /&gt;To access the diagnostic menu on a fourth- or fifth-generation iPod, an iPod &lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6PEMlrOxI/AAAAAAAAAHc/N4hz1GRr8kE/s1600-h/2-4i.PNG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241784318567332626" style="FLOAT: right; MARGIN: 0px 0px 10px 10px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6PEMlrOxI/AAAAAAAAAHc/N4hz1GRr8kE/s200/2-4i.PNG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;photo, an iPod mini, or an iPod nano:&lt;br /&gt;1. Reset your iPod by holding down the Menu and Select buttons simultaneously&lt;br /&gt;(see 4 in red color). You need to hold down the buttons for about eight seconds.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;2. After the iPod shuts down, it should turn back on almost immediately. Once you see&lt;br /&gt;the Apple logo on the LCD, hold down the Back and Select buttons simultaneously&lt;br /&gt;(see 5 in red color) until the backwards Apple logo appears. You should also hear an&lt;br /&gt;audible chirp.&lt;br /&gt;3. The next screen asks you to press Play to continue. Press the Play button. You can&lt;br /&gt;now select options from the diagnostic menu. If you have an iPod video, press the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6PdNJH4YI/AAAAAAAAAHk/cyBSReSgo7s/s1600-h/2-5.PNG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241784748212740482" style="FLOAT: right; MARGIN: 0px 0px 10px 10px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6PdNJH4YI/AAAAAAAAAHk/cyBSReSgo7s/s200/2-5.PNG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Menu button to run the tests manually, or press the Previous button to auto-test the&lt;br /&gt;iPod. To see the diagnostic menu, press Menu.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-1336759955031534028?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/1336759955031534028/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=1336759955031534028' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/1336759955031534028'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/1336759955031534028'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/diagnosing-your-ipod.html' title='Diagnosing your Ipod'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6QsbyqdRI/AAAAAAAAAHs/EVjAfb8CXkE/s72-c/2-2.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-6870206165409825007</id><published>2008-09-03T05:39:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-03T05:48:36.912-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>First and Second Generation iPod Nano</title><content type='html'>&lt;a href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6G5VbPx4I/AAAAAAAAAHE/8HplIqiuVwY/s1600-h/isatgen+nano.png"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241775335867926402" style="FLOAT: right; MARGIN: 0px 0px 10px 10px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6G5VbPx4I/AAAAAAAAAHE/8HplIqiuVwY/s320/isatgen+nano.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The first-generation iPod nano came in three models—1 GB, 2 GB, and 4 GB—&lt;br /&gt;and two colors: white with a grey Click Wheel and black.&lt;br /&gt;The first-generation iPod nano incorporates the same style Click Wheel as the&lt;br /&gt;previous iPod mini models. On the bottom of the unit, you find the docking&lt;br /&gt;port plus the audio jack . Not everyone is happy with Apple&lt;br /&gt;for putting the audio jack on the bottom, because it isn’t the most convenient&lt;br /&gt;place for a headphone connection, although it makes better sense for certain&lt;br /&gt;kinds of carrying cases and accessories.&lt;br /&gt;The first-generation iPod nano discontinued iPod’s four-year tradition of&lt;br /&gt;FireWire support. USB is now the sole method of connecting the iPod nano to&lt;br /&gt;other devices. You can charge your nano’s battery via FireWire, but you get a&lt;br /&gt;pop-up window that informs you that you can’t make a data connection.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The second generation iPod Nano&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The second-generation iPod nano appeared in September 2006 in a spectrum of&lt;br /&gt;colors and storage capacities. The 2-GB model came in silver; the 4-GB model&lt;br /&gt;came in silver, green, blue, pink, and red; and the 8-GB model came in black and&lt;br /&gt;red.&lt;br /&gt;Like the first-generation iPod nano, the docking port and audio jack are both&lt;br /&gt;on the bottom&lt;/span&gt; of the unit , and USB 2.0 is the sole method&lt;br /&gt;of connection.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6Gv6ueVLI/AAAAAAAAAG8/fc1gOTlxzz4/s1600-h/2nd+gen+nano.png"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241775174081991858" style="FLOAT: right; MARGIN: 0px 0px 10px 10px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6Gv6ueVLI/AAAAAAAAAG8/fc1gOTlxzz4/s320/2nd+gen+nano.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-6870206165409825007?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/6870206165409825007/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=6870206165409825007' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/6870206165409825007'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/6870206165409825007'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/first-and-second-generation-ipod-nano.html' title='First and Second Generation iPod Nano'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6G5VbPx4I/AAAAAAAAAHE/8HplIqiuVwY/s72-c/isatgen+nano.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-2867789368572800739</id><published>2008-09-03T05:17:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-03T05:38:14.435-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Identify Your iPod Mini</title><content type='html'>&lt;div&gt;&lt;a href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6ELxWlRLI/AAAAAAAAAGs/v9IJIUET_Gs/s1600-h/ipod+mini+1.png"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241772354067317938" style="FLOAT: right; MARGIN: 0px 0px 10px 10px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6ELxWlRLI/AAAAAAAAAGs/v9IJIUET_Gs/s320/ipod+mini+1.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;a href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6EAUNnjRI/AAAAAAAAAGk/4yfFVrrxo6A/s1600-h/ipod+mini.png"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241772157266529554" style="FLOAT: right; MARGIN: 0px 0px 10px 10px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6EAUNnjRI/AAAAAAAAAGk/4yfFVrrxo6A/s320/ipod+mini.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Identify Your iPod Mini&lt;br /&gt;“From a marketing point of view, you don’t introduce new products in August.”&lt;br /&gt;That’s what Andrew Card, the first Chief of Staff of President George W. Bush,&lt;br /&gt;said to the New York Times when asked why the Bush administration waited&lt;br /&gt;until September 2002 to sound the alarm against a grave and gathering threat.&lt;br /&gt;True to Mr. Card’s insight, Apple brought out the iPod mini not in August, but in&lt;br /&gt;February 2004.&lt;br /&gt;The iPod mini is smaller, thinner, and lighter than the already small, thin, &lt;a href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6EVZ5f-TI/AAAAAAAAAG0/t4nJWpwb4RM/s1600-h/ipod+mini+2.png"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241772519570012466" style="FLOAT: right; MARGIN: 0px 0px 10px 10px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6EVZ5f-TI/AAAAAAAAAG0/t4nJWpwb4RM/s320/ipod+mini+2.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;and light iPod. Its storage capacity rivals that of first-generation iPods,&lt;br /&gt;although the iPod mini uses a Microdrive for its internal hard drive.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The marketplace saw two generations of iPod minis before the iPod nano&lt;br /&gt;knocked it into obsolescence.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:100%;"&gt;First Generation iPod Mini&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;The first-generation iPod mini with its 4-GB Microdrive came in five different&lt;br /&gt;colors: pink, green, gold, silver, and blue (see Figure 1-11). On the bottom of&lt;br /&gt;the iPod mini, you’ll find a docking port, which works just like the one on the&lt;br /&gt;iPod proper.&lt;br /&gt;Unlike all the other previously released iPods, the storage capacity of the iPod&lt;br /&gt;mini is not stamped on the back of the unit .&lt;br /&gt;The LCD of the iPod mini is in monochrome and is backlit. The iPod mini can&lt;br /&gt;connect and charge through FireWire and USB.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;Sencon Generation iPod Mini&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The iPod mini entered the second generation in February 2005 with 4-GB and&lt;br /&gt;6-GB models. These look almost identical to the first generation, but there are a&lt;br /&gt;few tell-tale differences. First, the storage capacity of a second-generation iPod&lt;br /&gt;mini appears on the back of the unit . Second, the markings on&lt;br /&gt;the second-generation iPod mini’s Click Wheel match the color of the casing&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The docking port is on the bottom of the unit, and the monochrome LCD&lt;br /&gt;is backlit. You connect the iPod mini to other devices through FireWire&lt;br /&gt;or USB 2.0.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-2867789368572800739?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/2867789368572800739/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=2867789368572800739' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/2867789368572800739'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/2867789368572800739'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/identify-your-ipod-mini.html' title='Identify Your iPod Mini'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6ELxWlRLI/AAAAAAAAAGs/v9IJIUET_Gs/s72-c/ipod+mini+1.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-9046073291761062367</id><published>2008-09-03T05:15:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-03T05:17:13.302-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Fifth Generation iPod</title><content type='html'>&lt;a href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6AMnbkulI/AAAAAAAAAGc/o_2jj9yWUB8/s1600-h/5th+gen+ipod.png"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241767970537257554" style="FLOAT: right; MARGIN: 0px 0px 10px 10px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6AMnbkulI/AAAAAAAAAGc/o_2jj9yWUB8/s320/5th+gen+ipod.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The fifth-generation iPod, also known as the iPod video, the iPod with video,&lt;br /&gt;and the iPod 5G, appeared in October 2005 in 30-GB and 60-GB models. It’s the&lt;br /&gt;first iPod to support digital video as well as digital photos and digital audio.&lt;br /&gt;Identifying a fifth-generation iPod is pretty easy. Perhaps most notably, the big,&lt;br /&gt;2.5-inch display on this generation of iPod is a dead giveaway .&lt;br /&gt;It comes in either a black or white case with a grey Click Wheel. Just like previous&lt;br /&gt;generations, there is a docking port on the bottom.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-9046073291761062367?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/9046073291761062367/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=9046073291761062367' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/9046073291761062367'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/9046073291761062367'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/fifth-generation-ipod.html' title='Fifth Generation iPod'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL6AMnbkulI/AAAAAAAAAGc/o_2jj9yWUB8/s72-c/5th+gen+ipod.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-5329158002430670837</id><published>2008-09-03T05:11:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-03T05:14:25.538-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Fourth Generation iPOD (ipod photo and color)</title><content type='html'>&lt;a href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL5_itQsKbI/AAAAAAAAAGU/63XALwNLwKo/s1600-h/4th+ngen+poto.png"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241767250547714482" style="FLOAT: right; MARGIN: 0px 0px 10px 10px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL5_itQsKbI/AAAAAAAAAGU/63XALwNLwKo/s320/4th+ngen+poto.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The iPod photo with its full-color LCD and capacity for storing and displaying&lt;br /&gt;digital photos first appeared in October 2004 as a separate product alongside&lt;br /&gt;the standard fourth-generation monochrome iPod. Eventually—in June 2005,&lt;br /&gt;to be exact—Apple stopped making the iPod monochrome and dropped photo&lt;br /&gt;from the name of the newer product. From that point on, what had once been&lt;br /&gt;the iPod photo was now simply the iPod.&lt;br /&gt;With the notable exception of the color LCD, the iPod photo looks identical&lt;br /&gt;to the fourth-generation monochrome iPod, right down to the docking port&lt;br /&gt;. Despite appearances, though, the internal parts of the iPod&lt;br /&gt;photo are not compatible with those of a fourth-generation monochrome iPod.&lt;br /&gt;The storage capacities of the internal hard drive were different, too, with 20-GB,&lt;br /&gt;30-GB, 40-GB, and 60-GB models. On a performance note, audiophiles tend to&lt;br /&gt;point to the iPod photo as being the best sounding of all the iPods.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-5329158002430670837?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/5329158002430670837/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=5329158002430670837' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/5329158002430670837'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/5329158002430670837'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/fourth-generation-ipod-ipod-photo-and.html' title='Fourth Generation iPOD (ipod photo and color)'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL5_itQsKbI/AAAAAAAAAGU/63XALwNLwKo/s72-c/4th+ngen+poto.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-8874446051251033957</id><published>2008-09-03T05:05:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-03T05:11:18.109-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Fourth Generation iPOD (monochrome)</title><content type='html'>&lt;a href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL5-zwCJO6I/AAAAAAAAAGM/0vKLvzZ3Vyc/s1600-h/4dgipod.png"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241766443838159778" style="FLOAT: right; MARGIN: 0px 0px 10px 10px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL5-zwCJO6I/AAAAAAAAAGM/0vKLvzZ3Vyc/s320/4dgipod.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;July 2004 saw the release of the fourthgeneration&lt;br /&gt;iPod in 20-GB and 40-GB models.&lt;br /&gt;This iPod sported a Click Wheel instead of&lt;br /&gt;buttons , which it borrowed&lt;br /&gt;from the iPod mini, as you’ll see a bit later&lt;br /&gt;in this chapter. The Play/Pause, Menu, Forward, and Reverse functions all&lt;br /&gt;appear on the grey-colored disc that sits atop mechanical buttons.&lt;br /&gt;The fourth-generation iPod includes the docking port from the third generation,&lt;br /&gt;and it expands its support of USB beyond syncing. You can fully connect a&lt;br /&gt;fourth-generation iPod to another device for recharge as well as data transfer by&lt;br /&gt;FireWire or USB. The fourth generation also saw the release of the Apple iPod&lt;br /&gt;from HP, or iPod + hp, as it’s sometimes called, which lasted about a year in the&lt;br /&gt;marketplace.&lt;br /&gt;The LCD of a fourth-generation iPod displays in monochrome and is&lt;br /&gt;backlit. The issue gets a little stickier, however, with the introduction of the&lt;br /&gt;iPod photo, as you’ll see momentarily. To distinguish the original fourthgeneration&lt;br /&gt;iPod from the iPod photo, you sometimes hear the unofficial&lt;br /&gt;name “iPod monochrome” to refer specifically to the fourth-generation&lt;br /&gt;monochrome model.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-8874446051251033957?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/8874446051251033957/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=8874446051251033957' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8874446051251033957'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/8874446051251033957'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/fourth-generation-ipod-monochrome.html' title='Fourth Generation iPOD (monochrome)'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL5-zwCJO6I/AAAAAAAAAGM/0vKLvzZ3Vyc/s72-c/4dgipod.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-1045575692091017363</id><published>2008-09-03T04:59:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-03T05:05:18.334-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Third Generation iPOD</title><content type='html'>&lt;div&gt;&lt;a href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL59EEoE1OI/AAAAAAAAAF8/go_qeZfvFKM/s1600-h/33rd+gen+ipod.png"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241764525220615394" style="FLOAT: right; MARGIN: 0px 0px 10px 10px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL59EEoE1OI/AAAAAAAAAF8/go_qeZfvFKM/s320/33rd+gen+ipod.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The third-generation iPod came out in&lt;br /&gt;April 2003 and eventually appeared in five&lt;br /&gt;different versions: 10 GB, 15 GB, 20 GB,&lt;br /&gt;30 GB, and 40 GB.&lt;br /&gt;The four buttons, as well as the scroll pad,&lt;br /&gt;are completely touch-sensitive on this&lt;br /&gt;iPod—no more mechanical controls. The&lt;br /&gt;configuration of the buttons is different&lt;br /&gt;here, too. They appear in a row in the&lt;br /&gt;middle of the iPod between the LCD&lt;br /&gt;and the scroll pad, and they light up&lt;br /&gt;The third-generation iPod is the first to have a docking port on the bottom&lt;br /&gt;. This port enables you to connect the iPod to a docking station&lt;br /&gt;for charging or for hooking up to a sound system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The LCD of the third-generation iPod is in monochrome, but it is backlit, which&lt;br /&gt;makes the display easier to read in the dark or under bright light.&lt;br /&gt;This iPod is also FireWire-based, and you need&lt;br /&gt;to charge its battery through a FireWire cable, &lt;a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL59M19WZJI/AAAAAAAAAGE/UGioyXEo2-I/s1600-h/3ipod.png"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241764675902137490" style="FLOAT: right; MARGIN: 0px 0px 10px 10px; WIDTH: 238px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 118px" height="118" alt="" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL59M19WZJI/AAAAAAAAAGE/UGioyXEo2-I/s320/3ipod.png" width="267" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;but you can sync (as in synchronize) the iPod&lt;br /&gt;to a computer through Universal Serial Bus&lt;br /&gt;(USB). Syncing means updating your iPod&lt;br /&gt;to match your iTunes playlists or your entire&lt;br /&gt;library. It’s basically about connecting your&lt;br /&gt;iPod to your computer and loading music.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-1045575692091017363?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/1045575692091017363/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=1045575692091017363' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/1045575692091017363'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/1045575692091017363'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/third-generation-ipod.html' title='Third Generation iPOD'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL59EEoE1OI/AAAAAAAAAF8/go_qeZfvFKM/s72-c/33rd+gen+ipod.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-7046546910283393452</id><published>2008-09-03T04:46:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-03T04:59:03.877-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Second generation iPOD</title><content type='html'>&lt;div&gt;&lt;a href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL57sqIpE0I/AAAAAAAAAFs/YDNzL6rgurw/s1600-h/2nd+gen+ipod.gif"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241763023460832066" style="FLOAT: right; MARGIN: 0px 0px 10px 10px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL57sqIpE0I/AAAAAAAAAFs/YDNzL6rgurw/s320/2nd+gen+ipod.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The second-generation iPod came&lt;br /&gt;out in July 2002 in 10-GB and 20-GB&lt;br /&gt;models. This iPod looks very much&lt;br /&gt;like the first-generation model, but&lt;br /&gt;it has some key differences. Perhaps&lt;br /&gt;most importantly, the scroll wheel on&lt;br /&gt;the second-generation iPod does not&lt;br /&gt;physically move; rather, it is touchsensitive.&lt;br /&gt;(All subsequent generations&lt;br /&gt;of iPods include this feature.) The&lt;br /&gt;control buttons, however, are still&lt;br /&gt;mechanical. Play/Pause, Menu,&lt;br /&gt;Forward, and Reverse appear&lt;br /&gt;around the touch wheel in a similar&lt;br /&gt;configuration to the first-generation&lt;br /&gt;iPod .&lt;br /&gt;Like the first-generation iPod, the&lt;br /&gt;second-generation iPod connects to&lt;br /&gt;other devices exclusively through&lt;br /&gt;its FireWire port, which you &lt;a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL57zjenMwI/AAAAAAAAAF0/TAMAG4a57oM/s1600-h/2nd+gen+ipod+2.png"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241763141933019906" style="FLOAT: right; MARGIN: 0px 0px 10px 10px; WIDTH: 237px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 130px" height="130" alt="" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL57zjenMwI/AAAAAAAAAF0/TAMAG4a57oM/s320/2nd+gen+ipod+2.png" width="270" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;find on&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;the top of the unit. Unlike the first-generation iPod, the FireWire port here sports&lt;br /&gt;a protective cover&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;As for the LCD of the second-generation&lt;br /&gt;iPod, it’s in monochrome and is&lt;br /&gt;not backlit.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-7046546910283393452?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/7046546910283393452/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=7046546910283393452' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/7046546910283393452'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/7046546910283393452'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/second-generation-ipod.html' title='Second generation iPOD'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL57sqIpE0I/AAAAAAAAAFs/YDNzL6rgurw/s72-c/2nd+gen+ipod.gif' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-7345562416705839199</id><published>2008-09-03T04:06:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-03T04:46:38.713-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>First Generation Ipod</title><content type='html'>&lt;a href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL5yq2I3utI/AAAAAAAAAFk/0ciEZ49iI9k/s1600-h/1st+gen+ipod.png"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241753096718629586" style="FLOAT: right; MARGIN: 0px 0px 10px 10px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL5yq2I3utI/AAAAAAAAAFk/0ciEZ49iI9k/s320/1st+gen+ipod.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;As we already mentioned, the firstgeneration&lt;br /&gt;iPod appeared in October&lt;br /&gt;2001. It came in 5-gigabyte (GB) and&lt;br /&gt;10-GB models.&lt;br /&gt;One of the quickest and easiest ways to&lt;br /&gt;tell if you have a first-generation iPod&lt;br /&gt;is to look at the scroll wheel. On the&lt;br /&gt;first-generation iPod, the scroll wheel&lt;br /&gt;is mechanical—it physically moves&lt;br /&gt;. No other iPod has this&lt;br /&gt;feature. The control buttons—Play/&lt;br /&gt;Pause, Menu, Forward, and Reverse—&lt;br /&gt;are also mechanical, and they all appear&lt;br /&gt;around the scroll wheel.&lt;br /&gt;The first-generation iPod connects to&lt;br /&gt;computers and other &lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL5ySJO4fdI/AAAAAAAAAFc/bT7pb-ezirc/s1600-h/1st+gen+ipod+fire+wire.png"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241752672347389394" style="FLOAT: right; MARGIN: 0px 0px 10px 10px; CURSOR: hand" height="104" alt="" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL5ySJO4fdI/AAAAAAAAAFc/bT7pb-ezirc/s320/1st+gen+ipod+fire+wire.png" width="294" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;devices through a&lt;br /&gt;FireWire port, which you find at the top&lt;br /&gt;of the unit. Unlike later&lt;br /&gt;models, the first-generation iPod connects&lt;br /&gt;exclusively through FireWire. It does not&lt;br /&gt;support any other type of data connection.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-7345562416705839199?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/7345562416705839199/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=7345562416705839199' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/7345562416705839199'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/7345562416705839199'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/first-generation-ipod.html' title='First Generation Ipod'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL5yq2I3utI/AAAAAAAAAFk/0ciEZ49iI9k/s72-c/1st+gen+ipod.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-3128811116622170713</id><published>2008-09-03T03:58:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-03T04:06:46.463-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>Identify Your iPod</title><content type='html'>&lt;a href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL5vuvDhOPI/AAAAAAAAAFM/WwAa6KPHJxo/s1600-h/1st+gneration+Ipod.gif"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241749865001728242" style="FLOAT: right; MARGIN: 0px 0px 10px 10px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL5vuvDhOPI/AAAAAAAAAFM/WwAa6KPHJxo/s320/1st+gneration+Ipod.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;October 23, 2001, is one for the history books. It was a Tuesday. On that day,&lt;br /&gt;after decades of armed resistance, the Provisional Irish Republican Army of&lt;br /&gt;Northern Ireland—the PIRA—announced that its members would put their&lt;br /&gt;guns to the ground, that they could not shoot them anymore, as Bob Dylan&lt;br /&gt;might have described it. (Perhaps it was getting too dark to see.) On One Life&lt;br /&gt;to Live, Nora further alienated Sam when he overheard her tell Troy that she&lt;br /&gt;wanted him; she meant as a doctor, but Sam assumed otherwise. And Apple&lt;br /&gt;released its very first iPod.&lt;br /&gt;The PIRA has since ended its armed campaign. Troy was marked for murder,&lt;br /&gt;but Sam was accidentally killed in his place, and Nora was able to get on&lt;br /&gt;with her life, while the iPod has become one of the most successful consumer&lt;br /&gt;electronic devices ever manufactured.&lt;br /&gt;The iPod has been through four or five generations, depending on how you&lt;br /&gt;count them (not unlike a soap opera, come to thik of it)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-3128811116622170713?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/3128811116622170713/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=3128811116622170713' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/3128811116622170713'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/3128811116622170713'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/identify-your-ipod.html' title='Identify Your iPod'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL5vuvDhOPI/AAAAAAAAAFM/WwAa6KPHJxo/s72-c/1st+gneration+Ipod.gif' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-2674298262800121101</id><published>2008-09-03T03:54:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-03T03:58:08.594-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='iPOD Tips'/><title type='text'>What Kind of iPOD Do I have</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The red one? The silver one? Does it really matter?&lt;br /&gt;Actually, yes. Not so much because of the color, but because&lt;br /&gt;of what’s inside. The iPod has been around since 2001, and&lt;br /&gt;already there have been multiple generations of products&lt;br /&gt;leveraging the power of all kinds of different (and sometimes&lt;br /&gt;competing) technologies. Today’s iPod might work more or&lt;br /&gt;less the same as the classic original did, but what makes&lt;br /&gt;each individual generation of iPod work is surprisingly&lt;br /&gt;different when you get down to it.&lt;br /&gt;As with anything high-tech, the closer you look, the more&lt;br /&gt;complicated it gets. Before you can attempt to fix your iPod,&lt;br /&gt;you need to know exactly what you’re fixing. The parts and&lt;br /&gt;even the techniques that you use often change depending&lt;br /&gt;upon the model.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-2674298262800121101?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/2674298262800121101/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=2674298262800121101' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/2674298262800121101'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/2674298262800121101'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/what-kind-of-ipod-do-i-have.html' title='What Kind of iPOD Do I have'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-6177001734096261388</id><published>2008-09-02T11:57:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-02T12:01:02.115-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Instant Messanger'/><title type='text'>Chikka Messanger</title><content type='html'>&lt;a href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL2NBDN4o4I/AAAAAAAAAFE/htjfEkOKSrs/s1600-h/download-chikka-india.png"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241500590512055170" style="FLOAT: right; MARGIN: 0px 0px 10px 10px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL2NBDN4o4I/AAAAAAAAAFE/htjfEkOKSrs/s320/download-chikka-india.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Chikka Asia, Inc. is a wireless application service provider, better known for creating the world’s first instant messenger to fully integrate mobile features via &lt;/span&gt;&lt;a class="mw-redirect" title="SMS" href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SMS"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;SMS&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;, the “Chikka Messenger.” The Chikka Messenger has 38 million registered users, including mobile subscribers from network operators worldwide. It is interoperable with &lt;/span&gt;&lt;a title="Google Talk" href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Google_Talk"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Google Talk&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;to Download and register :&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.chikka.com/"&gt;www.chikka.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-6177001734096261388?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/6177001734096261388/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=6177001734096261388' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/6177001734096261388'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/6177001734096261388'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/chikka-asia-inc.html' title='Chikka Messanger'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL2NBDN4o4I/AAAAAAAAAFE/htjfEkOKSrs/s72-c/download-chikka-india.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-1581817045210161830</id><published>2008-09-02T11:38:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-02T11:45:20.647-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Instant Messanger'/><title type='text'>Y ! Multi Messanger</title><content type='html'>Y! Multi Messenger is an ideal "invention" for people who have multiple Yahoo pseudo names that they use to interact with different sets of people. As the usual Yahoo Messenger does not allow more than one log-in at a time, Y! Multi Messenger has been specifically devised to enable users to run multiple instances of Yahoo Messenger on their computer, and to be simultaneously logged in on all of them. Installation of Y! Multi Messenger is easy and snappy. You just have to double-click the desktop icon to load any number of Yahoo! Messengers … as many as you want!&lt;br /&gt;ProsBesides a variety of innovative fun features, like every new Instant Messaging service that comes out, Y! Multi Messenger can be used very efficiently as a web conferencing tool to engage in fruitful e-conversations with multiple contacts; a convenient business device, indeed. This innovative free utility also allows users to accommodate many Instant Messenger windows onto one single computer screen. Those of you who have multiple Instant Messenger identities would very well understand the dilemma of being logged in on either one or the other. Y! Multi Messenger provides an effective solution for you to merge work and pleasure, to be part of a professional network while being around for nears-and-dears.&lt;br /&gt;ConsY! Multi Messenger versions coincide with the Yahoo Messenger versions and are build-specific. This means that you must be using the same version of each to make the utility work properly. Also, as Y! Multi Messenger is intended for the newest versions of Yahoo Messenger, it may not work properly on lower builds. Moreover, you should remember to uncheck the "Automatically Sign In" option on your login screens, otherwise you will be getting the famous message saying, "You have been logged out as you were logged in on a different machine".&lt;br /&gt;ConclusionY! Multi Messenger is a smart utility that easily installs and acts as a communication force-multiplier. In our present times, Instant Messaging is becoming more and more of a critical communication tool for both professional and intimate interactions. Y! Multi Messenger is, hence, a must-have for people who, due to time constraints, need to multi-task.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;download link : &lt;a href="http://files3.download3000.com/download/88113705180042a139488d9c208b5dc4/137/21461/Y!MultiMessengerv8.zip"&gt;http://files3.download3000.com/download/88113705180042a139488d9c208b5dc4/137/21461/Y!MultiMessengerv8.zip&lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-1581817045210161830?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/1581817045210161830/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=1581817045210161830' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/1581817045210161830'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/1581817045210161830'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/y-multi-messanger.html' title='Y ! Multi Messanger'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-933736739515392059</id><published>2008-09-02T11:29:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-02T11:37:50.057-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Freeware application'/><title type='text'>iTunes 7.6.0.29</title><content type='html'>&lt;a href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL2HsRgTWUI/AAAAAAAAAE8/bdCh5vMtPyU/s1600-h/itunes-61816-1.gif"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5241494736012007746" style="FLOAT: right; MARGIN: 0px 0px 10px 10px; CURSOR: hand" alt="" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL2HsRgTWUI/AAAAAAAAAE8/bdCh5vMtPyU/s320/itunes-61816-1.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;"The best digital music jukebox. Download music, TV shows, movies, and more."Brothersoft Editor/ iTunes JukeboxTurn your CDs into digital files by importing them into iTunes. Then organize your collection including iTunes Store purchases into playlists. Since all your music and video lives on your Mac or PC, you can browse and play with a click even flip through your album art.iTunes StoreImagine an entertainment superstore open 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. One that delivers anything you want, instantly. Shop the iTunes Store for music, movies, TV shows, iPod games, audiobooks, free podcasts, and more. And you can give as good as you get with iTunes gifts.also itune 7.4.12 freewareiTunes SyncingThe moment you connect to your Mac or PC, iTunes syncs music and more. You can even sync iTunes Store purchases from your iPhone or iPod back to your computer. And thanks to wireless syncing with Apple TV, your iTunes library plays on your widescreen TV, too.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;Download Link : &lt;a href="http://www.brothersoft.com/d.php?soft_id=66443&amp;amp;url=http%3A%2F%2Fappldnld.apple.com.edgesuite.net%2Fcontent.info.apple.com%2FiTunes7%2FWin%2F061-3986.20080115.mBvyG%2FiTunesSetup.exe"&gt;http://www.brothersoft.com/d.php?soft_id=66443&amp;amp;url=http%3A%2F%2Fappldnld.apple.com.edgesuite.net%2Fcontent.info.apple.com%2FiTunes7%2FWin%2F061-3986.20080115.mBvyG%2FiTunesSetup.exe&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-933736739515392059?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/933736739515392059/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=933736739515392059' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/933736739515392059'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/933736739515392059'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/itunes-76029.html' title='iTunes 7.6.0.29'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_acXeHxpl2Gg/SL2HsRgTWUI/AAAAAAAAAE8/bdCh5vMtPyU/s72-c/itunes-61816-1.gif' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-4490503331642584927</id><published>2008-09-02T07:21:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-02T07:26:04.322-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='PC Tips'/><title type='text'>PC Over Clocking Part 5. Step by Step</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;1.Turn off the computer, remove the case from the system unit, and open the manual supplied with your motherboard.&lt;br /&gt;2.Make sure that you follow all safety rules, which need to be observed when performing any tasks with the case open. There is a danger of static electricity. Therefore, it is wise to touch the case before you begin. Better yet, keep one hand on the case at all times while working. Try not to allow any foreign items, especially metallic ones, to touch the adapters. If anything does get inside, remove it immediately. Be sure of everything you are doing, but be careful and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;3.Carefully read all of the basic characteristics of the processor from what is labeled on it. It makes sense to record this data.&lt;br /&gt;4.Consult your motherboard manual to find out which jumpers control the multiplier, the bus frequency and the core voltage supplied to the processor.&lt;br /&gt;5.Check to see if the jumpers are set according to the motherboard manual. Figure out the exact values of the multiplier, the host bus speed and the core voltage. Record this information as well.&lt;br /&gt;6.Now consider how you are going to intensify the cooling of your processor. This is extremely important.&lt;br /&gt;7.Consider how you are going to overclock the processor, what settings you are going to change, and by how much, etc.&lt;br /&gt;8.Follow the instructions provided in the documentation to change the bus speed and/or the multiplier.&lt;br /&gt;9.Check to see if all the jumpers are set correctly according to the instructions provided in the manual.&lt;br /&gt;10.Turn the computer on.&lt;br /&gt;11.If POST completes successfully and you see the boot-up screen with the BIOS information, skip steps 12 and 13, and go on to step 14.&lt;br /&gt;12.If the computer doesn't boot, your CPU doesn't seem to be able to be overclocked to the speed that you are trying to set. Turn it off and try to increase the voltage supplied to the processor (if possible). Before tweaking the voltage, consult your motherboard manual.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a name="515"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a name="page289"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13.Turn the computer on. If BIOS doesn't boot, you should abandon attempts to overclock your CPU to the frequency you are trying to set. Try more conservative settings for the multiplier and host bus frequency.&lt;br /&gt;14.Go to BIOS Setup and, if necessary, change the appropriate settings.&lt;br /&gt;15.Reboot the computer and allow the operating system to complete the boot process. If your operating system starts successfully, start testing your system's reliability at the increased frequency. It is recommended that you use various tests, such as WinStone, WinBench, BAPCo Suite, and any other tests available to you. The more tests you run the better.&lt;br /&gt;16.If the system doesn't crash and everything runs normally, you have successfully overclocked your system.&lt;br /&gt;17.If your system crashes, return to 12-16 steps.&lt;br /&gt;18.General recommendations: Don't raise the voltage supplied to the processor except for the cases when it is absolutely necessary, since this increases CPU temperature. Cooling is the most important thing, one that you should never forget about, especially when overclocking.&lt;br /&gt;19.To conclude this chapter, it should be mentioned that Windows 9x may become unstable after overclocking, while DOS and Windows 3.x may remain reliable. This is due to the more stringent hardware requirements imposed by Windows 9x. Thus, Windows 9x can itself be considered as a kind of test. If the computer doesn't pass this test, this means the system is unstable.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-4490503331642584927?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/4490503331642584927/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=4490503331642584927' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/4490503331642584927'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4640167395536873576/posts/default/4490503331642584927'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/2008/09/pc-over-clocking-part-5-step-by-step.html' title='PC Over Clocking Part 5. Step by Step'/><author><name>adam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/17978617778241507120</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4640167395536873576.post-7627034267032240348</id><published>2008-09-02T07:19:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-09-02T07:21:15.095-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='PC Tips'/><title type='text'>PC Over Clocking Part 4. Cache Memory</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;The parameters that control the work of the cache memory are generally found in the BIOS Setup menu under BIOS Features Setup, the items in which are explained in more detail below. Usually you can modify the values using the &lt;+&gt; and &lt;−&gt; or the &lt;pgup&gt; and &lt;pgdn&gt; keys. Enabled/Disabled will enable or disable the option.&lt;br /&gt;CPU Internal Cache/CPU External Cache&lt;br /&gt;Internal/external CPU cache. This parameter allows the external/internal processor cache to work (or disables it). Disabling CPU Internal Cache/CPU External Cache will significantly slow down the whole system. However, this may be necessary if you are using any legacy hardware or software.&lt;br /&gt;CPU L 1 Cache /CPU L 2 Cache&lt;br /&gt;The processor cache of the first/second level. This parameter enables or disables usage of the first/second level CPU cache for the following processors: Pentium Pro, Pentium II, Pentium III, Celeron, AMD-K6-III, and so on. Disabling this option will slow down your system significantly. However, this may be necessary if you are using legacy adapters or legacy software.&lt;br /&gt;CPU L 2 Cache ECC Checking&lt;br /&gt;Uses ECC for the 2nd level cache memory. This parameter enables or disables the level 2 cache memory ECC for those processors built on the architecture using it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a name="16"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a name="ch02lev2sec1"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Video Subsystem and Hard Drive&lt;br /&gt;The parameters that control the functioning of the video subsystem, the hard drive, and the system BIOS are usually located in the BIOS Setup menu under BIOS Features Setup and Chipset Features Setup, whose items are described below. Usually you can modify the values using the &lt;+&gt; and &lt; &gt; or the &lt;pgup&gt; and &lt;pgdn&gt; keys. Enabled/Disabled will enable or disable the option.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a name="17"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a name="page11"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Video BIOS Shadow&lt;br /&gt;A "shadow" copy of the video ROM.&lt;br /&gt;This parameter enables or disables creation of a „shadow” copy of the video BIOS in the RAM. When this setting is enabled, the contents of video BIOS will be copied into the RAM, and RAM will actually be used when formally accessing video BIOS. This allows a gain in performance, because working with RAM is obviously much faster than working with RAM.&lt;br /&gt;Video BIOS Cacheable&lt;br /&gt;This parameter enables or disables caching the video BIOS. Caching increases the speed of the video output.&lt;br /&gt;System BIOS Shadow&lt;br /&gt;This parameter enables or disables creation of a copy of the System BIOS in the RAM. When enabled, a copy of the system BIOS will be created in RAM, and all actual work will be done using this copy (while formally working with the system BIOS). The performance increase is due to the fact that RAM access is much faster than ROM access.&lt;br /&gt;System BIOS cacheable&lt;br /&gt;This parameter enables or disables caching the system BIOS. Caching increases the speed at which the system BIOS commands are executed.&lt;br /&gt;AGB Aperture Size (MB)&lt;br /&gt;This parameter specifies the size of RAM allocated to AGP video adapters. The parameter ranges from 4 to 256 MB. Memory is allocated dynamically, within the limits set by the values specified. The remaining part of the allocated memory can be used by the operating system.&lt;br /&gt;AGP/CLK&lt;br /&gt;This parameter sets the AGP clock frequency, which depends on the divider value and operative frequence of the CPU bus (FSB). When setting this parameter, you'll have two options: 1 (1/1, i.e., AGP clock frequency is the same as CPU clock) or 2/3 (i. e., AGP is at 2/3 of the CPU external clock).&lt;br /&gt;IDE HDD Block Mode&lt;br /&gt;Enabling this option will set a block data transfer mode for the hard drive, which will transfer data in blocks. This increases the speed of data exchange and, accordingly, boosts the performance of the disk subsystem.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4640167395536873576-7627034267032240348?l=adamsbite.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://adamsbite.blogspot.com/feeds/7627034267032240348/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4640167395536873576&amp;postID=7627034267032240348' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' h
